Nabuchodonosor and Assuerus and before his death he reioyced for Nineue IVDETH CHAP. I. 1 The buylding of Ecbatane 5 Nabuchodonosor made warre against Arphaxed ouercame him 12 He threateneth them that wolde not helpe him 1 IN the twelft yere of the reigne of Nabuchodonosor who reigned in Nineue the greate Citie in the daies of Arphaxed which reigned ouer the Medes in Ecbatane 2 And buylt in Ecbatane the walles rounde aboute of hewen stone thre cubites broad and six cubites long and made the height of the wal seuētie cubites and the breadth thereof fiftie cubites 3 And made the towres thereof in the gates of it of an hundreth cubites the breadth thereof in the fun daciō 〈◊〉 cubites 4 And made the gates thereof euen gates that were lifted vp on hie seuentie cubites and the breadth of them fortie cubites for the going forth of his mightie armies and forthe setting in aray of his 〈◊〉 5 Euen in those daies King Nabuchodonosor made warre with King 〈◊〉 in the great field which is the field in the coastes of Ragau. 6 Then came vnto him all they that dwelt in the mountaines all that dwelt by Euphrates and Tigris and Hydaspes and the countrey of Arioch the King of the Elymeans and verie manie nations assembled them selues to the battell of the sonnes of Chelod 7 And Nabuchodonosor King of the Assyrians sent vnto all that dwelt in Persia and to all that dwelt in the West and to those that dwelt in Cilicia and Damascus and Libanus and Antilibanus to all that dwelt vpon the sea coast 8 And to the people that are in Carmel and Galaad and the hier Galile and the greate field of Esdrelam 9 And to all that were in Samaria and the cities therof and beyonde Iordén vnto Ierusalém and Betane and Chellus and Cades and the riuer of Egypt and Taphnes and 〈◊〉 and all the land of Gesém 10 Vnto one come to Tanis and Memphis to all the inhabitants of Egypt and to one come to the mountaines of Ethiopia 11 But all the inhabitants of this countrey did not passe for the commandemēt of Nabuchodonosor King of the Assyrians nether wolde they come with him to the battel for they did not feare him yea he was before thē as one man therefore they sent away his ambassadours from them without effect and with dishonour 12 Therefore Nabuchodonosor was very angrie with all this countrey and sware by his throne and kingdome that he wolde surely be auenged vpon all those coastes of Cilicia and Damascus and Syria that he wolde slay with the sworde all the inhabitants of the land of Moab and the children of Ammon and all Iudea and all that were in Egypt til one come to the borders of the two seas 13 Then he marched in battell aray with hys power agaynste King Arphaxad in the seuententh yere and he preuailed in his battel for he ouer thre we all the power of Arphaxad and all his horse men 〈◊〉 all hys chariots 14 And he wanne his cities and came vnto Ecbatane and toke the towres and spoiled the stretes therof and turned the beautie thereof into shame 15 He toke also Arphaxad in the mountaines of Ragau and smote hym through with his dartes and destroyed him vtterlye that daye 16 So he returneth afterwarde to Nineue bothe he and all his companie with a verie great multitude of 〈◊〉 of warre and there he passed the time and banketed both he and his armie an hundreth and twentye dayes CHAP. II. 1 Nabuchodonosor commanded presumpteously that all people shulde be broght in subiection 6 And 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 those that disobeyed him 15 The preparation of Olophernes armie 23 The conquest of his enemies 1 ANd in the eightenth yere the two and twentieth daye of the firste moneth there was talke in the house of Nabuchodonosor King of the Assyrians that he shulde aduenge him selfe on all the earth as he had spoken 2 So he called vnto him all his officers all his nobles and communicated with thē his secret counsell set before them with hys owne mouth all the malice of the earth 3 Thē they decreed to destroie all flesh that had not obeied the commandement of his mouth 4 And when he had ended his counsell Nabuchodonosor King of the Assyrians called 〈◊〉 his chief captaine and whiche was next vnto him and said vnto him 5 Thus saith the great King the Lord of the whole earth Beholde thou shalt go forth from my presence and take with thee men that trust in their owne strength of fotemen an hundreth and twentie thousand the nōber of horses with their riders twelue thousand 6 And thou shalt go agaynste all the West countrey because they desobeied my commandement 7 And thou shalt declare vnto thē that they prepared for me the lande and the water for I wil go forthe in my wrath against thē and will couer the whole face of the earth with the fete of mine armie and I wil giue them as a spoyle vnto them 8 So that their wounded shal fil their valleis and their riuers the flood shal ouerflow being filled with their dead 9 And I will bring their captiuitie to the vtmost partes of all the earth 10 Thou therefore shalt departe hence and take vp for me all their countrey if thei yelde vnto thee thou shalt reserue thē for me vntil the day that I rebuke them 11 But concerning them that rebell let not thine eye spare them but put thē to death and spoyle them wheresoeuer thou goest 12 For as I liue and the power of my kingdome whatsoeuer I haue spoken that wil I do by mine hand 13 And take thou hede that thou transgresse not any of the cōmandements of thy Lord but accomplish them fully as I haue commanded thee and differre not to do them 14 ¶ Then Olofernes went for the frome the presence of his Lord and called all the gouernours and captaines and officers of the armie of 〈◊〉 15 And he mustred the chosen men for the battell as hys Lord had commanded him vnto an hundreth and twentie thousand twelue thousand archers on hors backe 16 And he set them in aray accordyng to the maner of setting a great armie in aray 17 And he toke camels asses for theyr burdens a very great nomber and shepe and oxen and goates without nomber for their prouision 18 And vitaile for euerie man of the armie verye muche golde and siluer out of the Kings house 19 Then he went for the and all his power to go before in the viage of King Nabuchodo nosor and to couer all the face of the earth Westwarde with their charets and horsemen and chosen fotemen 20 A greate multitude also of sundrie sortes came with them like grashoppers and like the grauel of the earth for the multitude was without nomber 21 And they went forth of Nineue thre daies iornay towarde the countrey of 〈◊〉 and pitched from Bectileth nere the
come to the battel 43 So he went first ouer to warde them all people after him and all the heathen were discomfited before him and cast away their weapons and fled into the Temple that was at Carnaim 44 Whiche citie Iudas wanne and burnt the temple with all that were in it so was Carnaim subdued and myght not withstand Iudas 45 ¶ Then Iudas gathered all the Israelites that were in the countrey of Galaad from the least vnto the moste with their wiues their children and their baggage a verye great hoste to come into the land of Iuda 46 So they came vnto Ephron which was a great citie by the way and strongly defensed 〈◊〉 thei colde not passe nether at the right hand nor at the left but must go thorowe it 47 But they that were in the citie shut them selues in and stopped vp the gates with stones and Iudas sent vnto them with peaceable wordes saying 48 Let vs passe thorowe your lande that we may go into our owne countrey and none shal hurt you we wil but onely go thorow on fote but they wolde not open vnto him 49 Wherefore Iudas commanded a proclamacion to be made thorowe out the hoste that euerie man shulde assalt it according to his standing 50 So the valiant men set vpon it and assalted the citie all that day and all that night and the Citie was gyuen ouer into hys hands 51 Who slewe all the males with the edge of the sworde and destroyed it and toke the spoile there of and went thoro we the citie ouer them that were slaine 52 Thē wēt they ouer Iorden into the great plaine before Bethsan 53 And Iudas gathered together those that were behinde and gaue the people good exhortation all the waye thorowe till they were come into the land of Iuda 54 Thus they went vp withioye and gladnes vnto mount Sion where they offred burnt offrynges because there were none of them slaine but came home againe in 〈◊〉 55 ¶ Now whiles Iudas and Ionathan were in the land of Galaad and Simō their brother in Galile before Ptolemais 56 Ioseph the sonne of Zacharias and Azarias the captaines hearing of the valiant actes and battels which they had achiued said 57 Let vs get vs a name also and go fight against the heathen that are rounde 〈◊〉 vs. 58 So they gaue their hoste a commandement and went to warde Iamnia 59 But Gorgias and his men came out of the citie to fight against them 60 And Ioseph and Azarias were put to flight and pursued vnto 〈◊〉 the borders of Iudea and there were slaine that daye of the people of Israel aboute two thousand men so that there was a great ouerthrowe among the people of Israel 61 Because they were not obedient vnto Iudas his brethren but thoght to do some valiant thing 62 Also they came not of the stocke of these men by whose hands deliuerance was giuē to Israel 63 But the man Iudas and hys brethrē were greatly commēded in the sight of all Israel and of all the heathen wheresoeuer theyr name was heard of 64 And the people came vnto them bidding them welcome 65 Afterwarde went Iudas forthe with hys brethren and foght against the chyldren of Esau in the lād toward the South where he wanne Hebron and the townes therof and he destroyed the castel therof burnt the towres thereof round about 66 Then remoued he to go into the lande of the strangers and went thorow Samaria 67 At the same time were the Priests of the cities slaine in the battell whiche wold shewe their valiantnes and went forth to battel without counsel and when Iudas came to Azotus in the strāgers lād he brake downe their altars burnt with fyre the images of their Gods and toke away the spoiles of the cities and came againe into the land of Iuda CHAP. VI. 1 Antiochus willing to take the citie of Elimais is dryuen away of the citizens 8 He falleth into sickenes dyeth 17 His sonne Antiochus is made King 34 The maner to prouoke elephantes to fight 43 Eleazarus valiant acte 49 The siege of Sion 1 NOw when Kyng Antiochus trauailed thorow the high countreis he heard that Elimais in the countrey of Persia was a citie greatly renoumed for riches siluer and golde 2 And that there was in it a verie riche temple where as were couerings of gold coat armoures and harnes which Alexandre King of Macedonia the sonne of Philippe that reigned first in Grecia had left there 3 Wherefore he went about to take the citie and to spoile it but he was not able for the citizens were warned of the matter 4 And rose vp against him in battel and he fled and departed thence with great heaui nes and came againe into Babylon 5 Moreouer there came one which broght him tidings in the countrey of Persia that the armies that went against the land of Iu da were driuen a way 6 And that Lysias which went forthe first with a great power was driuen away of the Iewes and that they were made strong by the armour and power and diuers spoyles which thei had gottē of the armies whome they had destroyed 7 And that they had pulled downe the abominacion which he had set vp vpon the altar at Ierusalém and fen sed the Sanctuarie with high walles as it was a fore and Beth sura his citie 8 So when the King had heard these wordes he was astonished and sore moued therefore he laid him downe vpon his bed and fel sicke for verie sorowe because it was not come to passe as he had thoght 9 And there continued he manie dayes for his grief was euer more and more so that he sawe he must nedes dye 10 Therefore he sent for all his friends and said vnto them The slepe is gone from mine eyes mine heart faileth for verie care 11 And I thinke with my self Into what a duer sitie am I come and into what floods of mi serie am I fallen now where as a fore time I was in prosperitie and greatly set by by reason of my power 12 And now do I remember the euils that I ha ue done at Ierusalém for I toke all the ves sels of golde and of siluer that were init sent to destroye the inhabitants of Iuda without cause 13 I knowe that these troubles are come vp on me for the same cause and beholde I must dye with great sorowe in a strange land 14 Then called he for Philippe one of his friends whome he made ruler of all his realme 15 And gaue him the crowne and his robe the ring that he shulde instruct his sonne Antiochus and bring him vp til he might reine him self 16 So King Antiochus dyed there in the hundreth and fortie and ninth yere 17 ¶ When Lysias knewe that the King was dead he ordeined Antiochus his sonne whome he had broght vp to reigne in his fathers stead and called him Eu
slewe aboue nine thousand men and wounded and maimed the moste parte of Nicanors hoste and so put all to slight 25 And toke the money from those that came to bye them and pursued them farre but lacking time they returned 26 For it was the day before the Sabbath and therefore they wolde no lōger pursue thē 27 So they toke their weapons spoiled the enemies kept the Sabbath giuing than kes praising the Lord wōderfully which had deliuered them that day and powred vpon them the beginning of his mercie 28 And after the Sabbath * they distributed the spoiles to the sicke and to the father les and to the widdowes deuided there sidue among them selues their children 29 When this was done and they all had made a general prayer they besoght the merciful Lord to be recōcilied at the length with his seruants 30 Afterwarde with one cōsent they fel vpō Timotheus and Bacchides slewe aboue twentie thousand wanne hie strōg hol des deuided great spoiles an gaue ād equal porciō vnto the sicke to the father les and to the widdowes and to aged persones also 31 Moreouer they gathered their weapōs to gether and layed them vp diligently incon uenient places and broght the remnant of the spoyles to Ierusalém 32 They slewe also Philarches a moste wicked persone which was with Timotheus and had vexed the Iewes manie wayes 33 And when they kept the feast of victorie in their countrey they burnt Callisthenes that had set fyre vpō the holie gates which was fled into a litle house so he receiued a rewarde mete for his wickednes 34 And that moste wicked Nicanor which had broght a thousand marchants to bye the Iewes 35 He was through the helpe of the Lord broght downe of them whome he thoght as nothing in so muche that he put of his glorious raiment and fled ouerthwart the countrey like a fugitiue seruant and came alone to Antiochia with great dishonour through the destruction of his hoste 36 Thus he that promised to pay tribute to the Romaines by meanes of the prisoners of 〈◊〉 broght newes that the Iewes had a defender and for this cause none cold hurt the Iewes because they followed Lawes appointed by him CHAP. IX 1 Antiochus wil ling to spoyle Persepolis is put to flight 9 As he persecuteth the Iewes he is striken of the Lord. 13 The fained repentance of Antiochus 28 He dyeth mi serably 1 AT the same time came Antio chus agai ne with dishonour out of the countrey of Persia. 2 For when he came to Persepolia and went about to robbe the Temple and to subdue the citie the people ranne in a rage to defē ded them selues with their weapons and put them to flight and Antiochus was put to flight by the inhabitants and returned with shame 3 Now when he came to Ecbatana he vnder stode the things that had come vnto Nicanor and Timotheus 4 And then being chased in his fume he thoght to impute to the Iewes their faute which had put him to flight and therefore commanded his charetman to driue continually and to dispatche the iourney for Gods iudgement compelled him for he had said thus in his pride I wil make Ierusalem a commune burying place of the Iewes whē I come the ther. 5 But the Lord almightie and God of Israél smote him with an incurable and inuisible plague for assone as he had spoken these wordes a paine of the bowels that was remediles came vpon him and sore torments of the inner partes 6 And that moste iustely for he had tormented other mens bowels with diuerse and strange torments 7 How be it he wolde in no wise cease from his arrogancie but swelled the more with pride breathing outfyre in his rage against the Iewes and commanded to haste the iornay but it came to passe that he feldow ne from the charet that rāne swiftely so that all the mēbres of his bodie were bruised with the great fall 8 And thus he thata litle a fore thoght he might commande the floods of the sea so proude was he beyonde the condicion of man and to weigh the hie moūtaines in the balance was now cast on the ground and caried in an horselitter declaring vnto all the manifest power of God 9 * So that the wormes came out of the bo die of this wicked man in abundance and whiles he was aliue his flesh fel of for paine and torment and all his armie was grieued at his smel 10 Thus no man colde be are because of his stinke him that a litle afore thoght he might reach to the starres of heauen 11 Then he began to leaue of his great pride and self wil when he was plagued and came to the knowledge of him self by the scourge of God by this paine which increased 〈◊〉 moment 12 And when he him self might not abide his owne stinke he said these wordes It is mete to be subiect vnto God that a man which is mortal shulde not thinke him self equal vnto God through pride 13 This wicked persone prayed also vnto the Lord who wolde now haue no mercie on him 14 And said thus that he wolde set at libertie the holie citie vnto the which he made haste to destroy it to make it a burying place 15 And as touching the Iewes whome he had iudged not worthie to be buryed but wolde haue cast them out with their children to be deuoured of the foules wilde beastes he wolde make thē all like the citizēs of Athenes 16 And whereas he had spoiled the holie Tēple afore he wolde garnish it with great giftes and encrease the holie vessels and of his ownerentes beare the charges belonging to the sacrifices 17 Yea that he wolde also become a Iewe him self go through all the worlde that was inhabited preache the power of God 18 But for all this his paines wolde not cease for the iustiudgemēt of God was come vpō him therefore despairing of his helth he wrote vnto the Iewes this letter vnder wri ten cōteining the forme of a supplicatiō 19 ¶ THE KING prince Antiochus vnto the Iewes his louing citizens wisheth muche ioye and helth and prosperitie 20 If ye your childrē fare wel if all things go after your minde I giue great thankes vnto God hauing hope in the heauen 21 Thogh I lie sicke yet I am mindeful of your honour and good wil for the loue I beare you therefore when I returned from the countrey of Persia and fel into a fore disease I thoght it necessarie to care for the commune safetie of all 22 Not distrusting mine helth but hauing great hope to escape this sickenes 23 Therefore considering that when my father led an hoste against the high coūtreys he appointed who shulde succede him 24 That if anie controuersie happened contrary to his expectation or if that anie tidings were broght that were grieuous they
daughters lye with their father of whome come Moab and Ammon 1 ANd in the euening their came two Angels to Sodôm and Lot sate at the gate of Sodôm and Lot sawe them and rose vp to mete them and he bowed him selfe with his face to the grownd 2 And he said Se my Lords I praye you turne in now into your seruants house and tarie all night and * wash your fete and ye shall rise vp early and go your waies Who said Naie but we will abide in the strete all night 3 Then he preased vpon them earnestly and they turned into him and came to his house and he made them a feast and did bake vnleauened bread and they did eat 4 But before they went to bed the men of the citie euen the men of Sodôm compassed the house round about from the yong to the olde al the people from al quarters 5 Who crying vnto Lot said to him Where are the men whiche came to thee this night bring them out vnto vs that we maie know them 6 Then Lot went out at the dore vnto them and shut the dore after him 7 And said I praie you my brethren do not so wickedly 8 Be holde now I haue two daughters which haue not knowen man then wil I bring out now vnto you and do to them as semeth you good onely vnto these men do nothyng for therefore are they come vnder the shadowe ōf my rofe 9 Then they said Awaie hence and they said He is come alone as a stranger and shall he iudge and rule we wil now deale worse with thee then with them So they preased sore vp ō Lot 〈◊〉 himself came to breake the dore 10 But the men put forthe their hand and pulled Lot into the house to them and shut to the dore 11 * Then they smote the men that were at the dore of the house with blindenes bothe smale and great so that thei were wearie in seking the dore 12 ¶ Then the men said vnto Lot Whome hast thou yet here ether sonne in lawe or thy sōnes or thy daughters or whatsoeuer thou hast in the citie bring it out of this place 13 For we wil destroie this place be cause the * crie of them is great before the Lord and the Lord hathe sent vsto destroie it 14 Then Lot went out and spake vnto his son nes in lawe which maried his daughters said Arise get you out of this place for the Lord wil destroie the citie but he semed to his sonnes in lawe as thogh he had mocked 15 ¶ And when the morning arose the 〈◊〉 hasted Lot saying Arise take thy wife thy two daughters which are here lest thou be destroied in the punishment of the citie 16 And as he prolonged the time * the men caught both him and his wife and his two daughters by the handes the Lord being mercifull vnto hym and they broght hym forthe and set him without the citie 17 ¶ And when they had broght thē out the Angel said escape for thy life loke not behinde thee nether tarie thou in al the plaine escape into the mountaine lest thou be destroyed 18 And Lot said vnto them Not so I praie thee my Lord. 19 Beholde now thy seruant hathe founde grace in thy sight and thou hast magnified thy mercie whiche thou hast shewed vnto me in sauyng my life and I can not escape in the mountaine lest some euil take me I die 20 Se now this citie hereby to flee vnto whiche is a litle one Oh let me escape thither is it not a litle one and my soule shall liue 21 Then he said vnto him Beholde I haue receiued thy request also concernyng thys thing that I will not ouerthrowe this citie for the whiche thou hast spoken 22 Haste thee saue thee there for I can do no thing till thou be come thether Therefore the name of the citie was called Zôar 23 ¶ The sunne did rise vpon the earth when Lot entred into Zôar 24 Then the Lord * rained vpon Sodôm and vpon Gomoráh brimstone and fire frō the Lord out of heauen 25 And ouerthrewe those cities and all the plaine and all the inhabitants of the cities and that that grewe vpon the earth 26 ¶ Now his wife behinde him loked backe and was turned into a piller of salt 27 ¶ And Abrahám rising vp early in the morning went to the place where he had stand before the Lord and loking toward Sodôm and Gomoráh and toward al the land of the plaine 28 Beholde he sawe the smoke of the land mounting vp as the smoke of a fornace 29 ¶ But yet when God destroied the cities of the plaine God thoght vpon Abrahā and sent Lot out from the middes of the destruction 〈◊〉 he ouerthrew the cities wherein Lot dwelled 30 ¶ Then Lot went vp from Zôar and dwelt in the mountaine with his two daughters for he feared to tarie in Zóar but dwelt in a caue he and his two daughters 31 And the elder said vnto the yonger Our father is olde and there is not a man in the earth to come in vnto vs after the maner of all the earth 32 Come we wil make our father drinke wine and lye with him that we maie preserue sede of our father 33 So thei made their father drinke wine that night and the elder went and laie with her father but he perceiued not nether when shelaie downe nether when she rose vp 34 And on the morow the elder said to the yon ger Beholde yester night laie I with my father let vs make him drinke wine this night also and go thou and lye with him that we maie preserue sede of our father 35 So thei made their father drinke wine that night also and the yonger arose laie with him but he perceiued not when she laie downe nether when she rose vp 36 Thus were both the daughters of Lot with childe by their father 37 And the elder bare a sonne and she called his name Moáb the same is the father of the Moabites vnto this daie 38 And the yonger bare a sonne also and she called his name Ben-ammi the same is the father of the Ammonites vnto this daie CHAP. XX. 1 Abraham dwelleth as a stranger in the land of Gerar 2 Abimélech taketh awaie his wife 3 God reproueth the King 9 And the King Abraham 11 Sarah is restored with great giftes 17 Abraham praieth and the King and his are healed 1 AFterwarde Abrahám departed thence toward the South countrie and dwelled betwene Cadésh and Shur and soiourned in Gerár 2 And-Abrahám said of Saráh his wife She is my sister Them Abimélech King of Gerár sent and toke Saráh 3 But God came to Abimélech in a dreame by night and said to him Beholde
the man of God saw her ouer against him he said to Gehazi his seruant Beholde the Shunammite 26 Runne now I say to mete her and say vnto her Art thou in helthe is thine housband in helthe is the childe in helthe And shean swered We are in helthe 27 And when she came to the man of God vnto the mountaine she caught him by his fete and Gehazi went to her to thrust her away but the man of God said Let her alone for her soule is vexed within her and the Lord hathe 〈◊〉 it frō me and hathe not tolde it me 28 Thē she said Did I desire a sonne of my lord did I not say Disceiue me not 29 Then he said to Gehazi Girde thy loynes and take my staffe in thine hand and go thy way if thou mete anie salute him not and if anie salute thee answer him not and lay my staffe vpon the face of the childe 30 And the mother of the childe said As the Lord liueth and as thy soule liueth I wil not leaue thee Therefore he arose and followed her 31 But Gehazi was gone before them and had layed the staffe vpō the face of the child but he nether spake nor heard wherefore he returned to mete hym and tolde hym saying The childe is not waken 32 ¶ Then came Elisha into the house and beholde the childe was dead and layed vpon his bed 33 He went in therfore and shut the dore vpon them twaine and prayed vnto the Lord. 34 After he went vp and lay vpon the childe and put his mouthe on his mouthe and his eyes vpon hys eyes and hys hands vpon his hands and stretched him selfe vpon him and the fleshe of the childe waxed warme 35 And he went from him and walked vp ād downe in the house and went vp and spred him selfe vpon him then the childe neesed seuen times and opened his eyes 36 Then he called Gehazi and sayd Call thys Shunammite So he called her whiche came in vnto hym And he sayd vnto her Take thy sonne 37 And she came and fel at his fete and bowed her self to the grounde and toke vp her sonne and went out 38 Afterwarde Elisha returned to Gilgal and a famine was in the land and the children of the Prophetes dwelt with hym And he sayd vnto hys seruaunt Set on the great pot and seethe pottage for the children of the Prophetes 39 And one went out into the fielde to gather herbes ād founde as it were a wilde vine and gathered thereof wilde gourdes hys garmentfull and came and shred them into the pot of pottage for they knewe it not 40 So they powred out for the men to eat and when they did eat of the pottage they cried out and said Othou man of God death is in the pot and they colde not eat thereof 41 Then he said Bryng meale And he caste it into the pot and said Powre out forthe peo ple that they maye eat and there was none euil in the pot 42 ¶ Then came a man from Baal-shalisha and broght the man of God bread of the first fru tes euen twentie loaues of barly and full eares of corne in the huske And he said Giue vnto the people that they may eat 43 And his seruant answered Howe shulde I set this before an hundreth men He sayd agayne Giue it vnto the people that they may eat for thus sayth the Lord They shall eat and there shal 〈◊〉 44 So he set it before them and they did eat and left ouer accordynge to the worde of the Lorde CHAP. V. 1 Naamán the Syrian is healed of his leprosie 16 Elisha refuseth his gifts 27 Gehazi is striken with leprosie becau se he toke money and rayment of Naaman 1 NOwe was there one Naaman captaine of the hoste of the Kynge of Aram a greate man and honorable in the sight of his Lord because that by hym the Lorde had deliuered the Aramites He also was a mightie man and valiant but a lepre 2 And the Aramites had gone out by bandes and had taken a litle maide of the land of 〈◊〉 and she serued Naamans wife 3 And she said vnto her masters Wolde GOD my Lorde were with the Prophete that is in Samaria he wolde soone 〈◊〉 hym of his leprosie 4 And he went in and tolde hys Lorde saying Thus and thus sayd the mayd that is of the land of Israél 5 And the King of Aram said Go thy way thether and I will send a letter vnto the King of Israél And he departed and toke with him ten talents of siluer and six thousand pre ces of golde and ten change ofraiments 6 And broght the letter to the Kynge of Israél to this effect Now when this letter is come vnto thee vnderstande that I haue sent thee Naaman my seruant that thou may est heale him of his leprosie 7 And when the King of Israél had red the letter he rent his clothes and said Am I God to kill and to giue life that he doeth send to me that I shulde heale a man from his lepro sie wherefore considre I praye you and se how he sek eth a quarel against me 8 But when Elisha the man of God had heard that the King of Israél had rent his clothes he sent vnto the King saying Wherefore haste thou rent thy clothes Let hym come no we to me and he shall knowe that there is a Prophetin Israél 9 ¶ Then Naaman came with his horses and with his charets and stode at the dore of the house of Elishá 10 And Elisha sent a messenger vnto hym saying Go and wash thee in lordén seuen times and thy flesh shal come againe to thee and thou shalt be cleansed 11 But Naaman was wroth and went awaye and said Beholde I thoght with my selfe He will surely come out and stand and call on the Name of the Lorde hys God and put his hand on the place and heale the leprosie 12 Are not Abanáh and Pharpar riuers of Damascus better then all the waters of Israél maye I not washe me in them and be cleansed So he turned and departed in displeasure 13 But his seruants came and spake vnto him and said Father if the Prophete had commanded thee a great thing woldest thou not haue it howe muche rather then when he saith to thee Wash and be cleane 14 Then went he downe and * washed hym selfe seuen times in Iordén accordyng to the saying of the man of God and hys fleshe came agayne lyke vnto the fleshe of a litle childe and he was cleane 15 ¶ And he turned againe to the man of God he and all his companie and came and stode before hym and sayd Beholde now I knowe that there is no GOD in all the worlde but in Israél nowe therefore I pray thee take a rewarde of thy seruant 16 But he sayde As the
spoile his labour 12 Let there be none to extend mercie vnto him nether let there be anie to shewe mer cie vpon his fatherles children 13 Let his posteritie be destroyed and in the generacion following let their name be put out 14 Let the iniquitie of his fathers be had in remembrance with the Lord and let not the sinne of his mother be done 〈◊〉 15 But let them alway be before the Lord that maie cut of their memorial from the earth 16 Because he remembred not to shewe mer cie but persecuted the afflicted and poore man and the sorowful hearted to slaye him 17 As he loued cursing so shal it come vnto him and as he loued not blessing so shal it be farre from him 18 As he clothed him self with cursing like a raiment so shal it come into his bowels like water and like oyle into his bones 16 Let it be vnto him as a garment to couer him and for a girdle wherewith he shal be alwaie girded 20 Let this be the rewarde of mine aduersarie from the Lord and of them that speake euil against my soule 21 But thou ó Lord my God deale with me according vnto thy Name deliuerme for thy mercie is good 22 Because I am poore and nedie and mine heart is wounded within me 23 I departe like the shadowe that 〈◊〉 am shaken of as the grashoper 24 My knees are weake through fasting my flesh hathe lost all fatnes 25 I became also a rebuke vnto them they that loked vpon me shaked their heads 26 Helpe me ô Lord my God saue me according to thy mercie 27 And they shal knowe that this is thine hand and that thou Lord hast done it 28 Thogh they curse yet thou wilt blesse they shal arise and be confounded but thy seruant shal reioyce 29 Let mine a duersaries be clothed with shame and let thē couer thē selues with their confusion as with a cloke 30 I wil giue thankes vnto the Lord greatly with my mouthe and praise him among the multitude 31 For he wil stand at the right of the poore to saue him from them that wolde condēne his soule PSAL CX 1 Dauid prophecieth of the power and euerlasting kingdo me giuen to Christ. 4. And of his Priesthode which shuld put an end to the Priesthode of Leui. ¶ A Psalme of Dauid 1 THe Lord said vnto my Lord Sit thou at my right hād vntil I make thine ene mies thy fotestole 2 The Lord shal send the rod of thy power out of Zion be thou ruler in the middes of thine enemies 3 The people shal come willingly at the ti me of assembling thine armie in holie beautie the youth of thy wombe shal be as the morning dewe 4 The Lord sware and wil not repent Thou art a Priests for euer after the ordre of Melchi-zédek 5 The Lord that is at thy right hand shal wounde Kings in the daie of his wrath 6 He shal be Iudge among the heathen he shal fil 〈◊〉 with death bodies smite the head ouer great countreis 7 He shal drinke of the brooke in the waie therefore shal be lift vp his head PSAL. CXI 1 He giueth to the Lord for his merciful workes toward his Church to And declareth wherein true wisdome right knowledge consisteth ¶ Praise ye the Lord. 1 I Wil praise the LORD with my whole heard in the assemblie and Congregaciō of the iust 2 The workes of the Lord are great and ought to be soght out of all thē that loue them 3 His worke is beautiful and glorious and his right cousnes endureth sor euer 4 He hathe made his wonderful workes to be had in remembrance the Lord is merci ful and ful of compassion 5 He hathe giuen a portion vnto thē that feare him he wil euer be mindeful of his couenant 6 He hatheshewed to his peoples the power of is workes in giuing vnto them the heritage of the heathen 7 The workes of his hands are trueth and iudgement all statutes are true 8 Thei are stablished for euer euer and are done in trueth and equitie 9 He sent redemption vnto his people he hathe 〈◊〉 his couenant for euer holie and feareful is his Name 10 The beginning of wisdome is the feare of the Lord all they that obserue them haue good vnderstanding his praise endu reth for euer PSAL. CXII 1 He praiseth the felicitie of them that feare God 〈◊〉 And condemneth the cursed state of the contemners of God ¶ Praiseye the Lord. 1 BLessed is the man that feareth the Lord deliteth greatly in his commandements 2 His sede shal be mightie vpon earth the generaciō of the righteous shal be blessed 3 Riches and treasures shal be is his house and his righteousnes endureth for euer 4 Vnto the righteous ariseth light in darknes he is merciful and ful of compassiō and righteous 5 A good man is merciful and lendeth and wil measure his affaires by iudgemēt 6 Surely he shal neuer be moued but the righteous shal be had in euerlasting remēbrance 7 He wil not be afraid of euil tidings for his heart is fixed and beleueth in-the Lord 8 His heart is stablished therefore he wil not feare vntil he se his desire vpon his enemies 9 He hathe distributed and giuen to the poore his righteousnes remaineth for euer his horne shal be exalted with glorie 10 The wicked shal se it and be angrie he shal gnash with his teeth and consume awaie the desire of the wicked shal perish PSAL. CXIII 1 An exhortation to praise the Lord for his prouidence 7 In that 〈◊〉 contrarie to the course of nature he worketh in his Church ¶ Praise ye the Lord. 1 PRaise ôye seruants of the Lord praise the Name of the Lord. 2 Blessed be the Name of the Lord from hen ce forthe and for euer 3 The Lords Name is praised from the rising of the sunne vnto the going downe of the same 4 The Lord is high aboue all nacions and his glorie aboue the heauens 5 Who is like vnto the Lord our God that hathe his dwelling on high 6 Who abaseth him self to beholde things in the heauen and in the earth 7 He raiseth the nedie out of the dust lifteth vp the poore out of the dung 8 That he maie set him with the princes euen with the princes of his people 9 He maketh the baren womā to dwell with a familie and a ioyful mother of children Praise ye the Lord PSAL. CXIIII 1 How the Israelites were deliuered forthe of Egypt of the wonderful miracles that God wroght at that time which put' vs in remembrance of Gods great mercie toward his Church who when the course of nature failleth preserueth his miraculously 1 WHen * Israél went out of Egypt the house of Iaak ób from
of 〈◊〉 to bring ceder wood out of Libanus which 〈◊〉 be broght by flots to the hauen of Ioppe according to the commandement giuen vnto them by Cyrus King of Persia. 56 And in the second yere and second moneth came into the Temple of God in Ierusalem Zorobabel the sonne of Salathiel and Iesus the sonne of Iosedec and their brethren and the Priests and Leuites and all they that came out of captiuitie into Ierusalem 57 And * layed the fundacion of the House of God in the first day of the second moneth of the secōd yere after their returne into Iudea and Ierusalem 58 And they appointed the Leuites from twen tie yere olde ouer the workes of the Lord Iesus and his sonne his brethrē his brother Cadmiel and the sonnes of Madiabon with the sonnes of Ioda the sonne of Heliadun with their sonnes and brethren euen all the Leuites with one accorde did followe after the worke calling vpon the workes in House of God thus the workemen buylt the Temple of the Lord. 59 And the Priests stode clothed with their lōg garments with musical instruments trum pets and the Leuites the sonnes of Asaph with cymbales 60 Singing and blessing the Lord according to the ordinance of Dauid King of Israél 61 And they sung with loud voice songs to the praise of the Lord because his mercie glo rie is for euer in all Israel 62 Then all the people blewe trumpets and cryed with loud voice praising the Lord for the raising vp of the House of the Lord. 63 Also some of the Priests and Leuites chief men to wit the Ancients which had sene the former House 64 Came to se the buylding of this with weping and great crying and manie with trumpets and ioye cryed with loude voice 65 So that the people colde not heare the trūpets because of the weping of the people yet there was a great multitude that blew trū pets so that they were heard far of 66 ¶ Wherefore when the enemies of the tribes of Iuda Beniamin heard it they came to know what noise of trumpets it was 67 And they knewe that they of the captiuitie buylt the Temple to the Lord God of Israel 68 Wherefore they coming to Zorobabel and Iesus and the chief of the families said vnto them Let vs buyld also with you 69 For we obey your Lord as you do and sacri fice vnto him since the dayes of Asbasareth King of the Assyrians whiche broght vs hether 70 Then Zorobabel and Iesus and the chief of the families of Israel said to them It doeth not apperteine to vs and to you to buyld an House to the Lord our God 71 For we alone wil buylde it to the Lord God of Israél as it becometh vs and as * Cyrus the King of the Persians bad vs. 72 How beit the people of the land made them sluggish that were in Iudea and letted them to buyld the worke and by their ambushments and seditions and conspiracies hindred the finishing of the buylding 73 All the time of King Cyrus life so that they were let from the buyldyng two yere vntill the reigne of Darius CHAP. VI. 1 Of Aggeus and Zacharias 2 The buylding of the Temple 3 Sisinnes wolde let them 7 His Epistle to Darius 23 The Kings answer to the contrarie 1 BVt * in the seconde yere of the reigne of Darius Aggeus and Zacharias the sonne of Addo the Prophetes prophecied to the Iewes euen vnto them that were in Iudea and Ierusalém in the Name of the Lord God of Israél which they called vpon 2 Then Zorobabel sonne of Salathiel and Iesus the sonne of Iosedec stode vp and began to buylde the House of the Lord which is in Ierusalém the Prophetes of the Lord beyng with them and helping them 3 ¶ In that time Sisinnes the gouernour of Syria and Phenice and Sathrabouzanes with his companions came vnto them 4 And said vnto them By whose commandement buylde you this House and this buyldyng and enterprise all these other things and who are the buylders that enterprise suche things 5 But the Ancients of the Iewes had grace of the LORD after that he had visited the captiuitie 6 That they were not letted to buyld vntill it was signified vnto Darius of these matters and an answer was receiued 7 ¶ The copie of the Epistle whiche he did write and send to Darius Sisinnes gouernour of Syria and of Phenice and Sathrabou zanes and their companions presidents in Syria and Phenice salute King Darius 8 It may please the King our master plainely to vnderstande that when we came to the countrey of Iudea and entred into the citie of Ierusalém we founde in the citie of Ierusalém the Ancients of the Iewes that were of the captiuitie 9 Buylding an House to the Lorde great and new of he wen stones and of great price ād the timber all ready laid vpon the walles 10 And these workes are done with greate spede yea and the worke hathe good sucesse in their hands so that it wil be finished with all glorie and diligence 11 Then we asked their Ancients saying By whose cōmandement buyld you this House and lay the fundacion of these workes 12 We asked them these things to the intent to mortifie them to thee and to write to thee the men that gouerned it therfore we demā ded the names of the gouernours in writing 13 But they answered saying We are the seruants of the Lord which hathe created the heauen and the earth 14 And * this House was buylt vp manie yeres ago by a Kyng of Israél great and strong and was finished 15 But when our fathers prouoking God to wrath sinned against the Lord of Israél whiche is in heauen * he deliuered them into the hands of Nabuchodonosor King of Babylon of the Chaldeans 16 Who brake downe the House ād burnt it and caryed the people captiue to Babylon 17 But in the first yere of the reigne of Cyrus ouer the countrey of Babylon King Cyrus wrote that this House shulde be buylt vp 18 And the holie vessels of golde and of siluer whiche Nabuchodonosor had caryed out of the House at Ierusalém and had dedicated them in his owne Temple Cyrus the King toke out of the Temple at Babylon and they were giuen to Zorobabel and to Sanabassarus ruler 19 And a commandement was giuē vnto him that he shulde carye away those vessels and put them in the Temple at Ierusalem ād that this Temple of the Lord shulde be buylt in this place 20 Then the same Sanabassarus beyng come hether laied the fundacions of the House of the Lord at Ierusalém and since that time til now it is in buylding and is not finished 21 Nowe therefore if it please the King let it be soght vp in the Kings libraries concerning Cyrus 22 And if it be found that the buylding of the House of the Lord at Ierusalém hathe bene done by
day on the thirtenth day of the moneth Adar 50 Thus the land of Iuda was in resta litle while CHAP. VIII 1 Iudas considering the power and policie of the Romains maketh peace with them 22 The conditions of mutual friendship sent to the Iewes 1 IVdas heard also the fame of the Romains that thei were mightie and valiant and agreable to all things that were required of them and made peace with all that came vnto them 2 And that they were men of great power and they tolde him of their battels their worthie actes which they did among the Galatians whome they had conquered made to paye tribute 3 And what they had done in the countrey of Spaine how that they had wonne there the mines of siluer and golde 4 And that by their counsel and gentle behauiour they were rulers in euerie place thogh the place was farre from them and that they had discomfited and giuen great ouer throwes to the Kings that came against them from the vttermost parte of the earth that others gaue thē tribute euerie yere 5 How they had also discomfited by battel Philippe and Perses Kings of the Macedo nians and others that rose against them and how they ouer came them 6 And how great Antiochus King of Asia that came against thē in battel hauing an hundreth and twentie elephāts with horse men and charrets and a verie great armie was discomfited by them 7 And how they toke him aliue and ordeined him with suche as shulde reigne after him to paye a great tribute to giue hostages and a separate porcion 8 Euen the countrey of India and Media and Lydia and of his best coūtreys which they toke of him and gaue them to King Eumenes 9 Againe when it was tolde them that the Greciās were comming to destroye them 10 They sent against thē a captaine which gaue them battel and slewe manie of thē and toke manie prisoners with their wiues and children and spoyled them conquered their land and destroyed their strong holdes and subdued thē to be their bondmen vnto this day 11 Moreouer how they destroyed broght into subiection other kingdomes and yles whosoeuer had withstand them 12 But that thei kept amitie with their owne friends and those that stayed vpon them finally that conquered kingdomes bothe farre and nere in so muche that whosoeuer heard of their renoume was afrayed of thē 13 For whome they wolde helpe to their kingdomes those reigned whome they wolde they put downe thus were thei in moste high autoritie 14 Yet for all this that none of them ware a crowne nether was clothed in purple to be magnified thereby 15 But that thei had ordeined them selues a counsel wherein thre hundreth and twētie men consulted daiely and prouided for the commune affaires to gouerne them wel 16 And that they committed their gouernement to one man euerie yere who did rule ouer all their countrey to whome euerie man was obedient and there was nether ha tred nor enuie among them 17 ¶ Then Iudas chose Eupolemus the sonne of Iohn the sonne of Accus and Iason the sonne of Eleazar and sent them vnto Rome to make friendship mutual felowship with them 18 That they might take from them the yoke for they sawe that the kingdome of the Grecians wolde kepe Israel in bondage 19 So they went vnto Rome which was a verie great iourney came into the Senat where they spake and said 20 Iudas Maccabeus with his brethren and the people of the Iewes hathe sent vs vnto you to make a bonde of friendship and pea ce with you and ye to register vs as your partakers and friends 21 And the matter pleased them 22 And this is the copie of the epistle that they wrote in tables of brasse and sent to Ierusalém that they might haue by them a memorial of the peace and mutual felowship 23 Good successe to the Romaines and to the people of the Iewes by sea and by land for euer and the sworde and enemie be from them 24 If there come first anie warre vpon the Romaines or anie of their friends throughout all their dominion 25 The people of the Iewes shal helpe them as the time shal be appointed with all their heart 26 Also they shal giue nothing to them that come to fight for thē nor serue them with wheat nor weapons nor monei nor shippes as it pleaseth the Romaines but they shal kepe their couenātes without taking anie thing of them 27 Likewise also ifwarre come first against the nacion of the Iewes the Romains shal hel pe them with a good wil according as the time shal be appointed them 28 Nether shal wheat be giuen vnto thē that take their parte nor weapons nor money nor shippes as it pleaseth the Romains who wil kepe these couenants without de ceite 29 According to these articles the Romains made the bonde with the people of the Iewes 30 If after these pointes the one partie or the other wil ade or diminish they may do it at their pleasures and whatsoeuer they shal adde or take away shal be ratified 31 And as touching the euil that Demetrius hathe done vnto the Iewes we haue written vnto him saying Wherefore laiest thou thine heauie yoke vpon our friends and confederates the Iewes 32 If therefore they complaine anie more against thee we wil do them iustice and fight with thee by sea and by land CHAP. IX 1 After the death of Nicanor Demetrius sendeth his armie against Iudas 〈◊〉 Iudas in slaine 31 Ionathan is put in the stead of his brother 47 The battel betwene Ionathan and Bacchides 55 Alcimus is smitten with the palsie and dyeth 68 He cometh vpon Ionathan by the counsel of certeine wicked persones and is ouercome 70 The truce of Ionathan with Bacchides 1 IN the meane season whē Demetrius had heard how Nicanor and his hoste had giuen the battel he sent Bacchides and Alcimus againe into Iudea his chief strēgth with them 2 So they went for the by the way that is towarde Galgala and pitched their tentes before Mesaloth which is in Arbelis and wanne it and shewe muche people 3 And in the first moneth of the hundreth fiftie and two yere they layed their siege against Ierusalém 4 But they raised their campe and came to Berea with twentie thousand fote men two thousand horsemen 5 Now Iudas had pitched his tent at Eleasa and thre thousand chosen men with him 6 And when they sawe that the multitude of the armie was great they were sore afrai de and manie conueied them selues out of the hoste so that there abode no mo of thē but eight hundreth men 7 When Iudas sawe that his hoste failest him and that he must nedes fight he was sore troubled in minde that he had no time to gather them together and was discouraged 8 Neuertheles he said vnto them that remained Let vs rise and go
Simon and the cubbert of golde and siluer pla te and so great preparacion he was astonished and tolde him the Kings message 33 Then answered Simon and said vnto him We haue nether taken other mens lands nor with holden that which apperteineth to others but our fathers heritage which our enemies had vnrighteously in possession a certeine time 34 But when we had occasion we recouered the in heritance of our fathers 35 And whereas thou requirest Ioppe and Gazara they did great harme to our people and through our countrey yet wil we giue an hundreth talens for thē But Athenobius answered him not one worde 36 But turned againe angrie vnto the King tolde him all these wordes and the dignitie of Simon with all that he had sene and the King was verie angrie 37 ¶ in the meane time 〈◊〉 Tryphon by shippe vnto Orthosias 38 Then the King made Cendebeus captaine of the sea coast and gaue him bandes of fote men and horsemen 39 And commanded him to remoue the hoste towarde Iudea and to buylde vp Cedron to fortifie the gates and to warre against the people but the King pursued Tryphon 40 So Cendebeus came vnto Iamnia and began to vexe the people and to inuade Iudea and to take the people prisoners and to slay them 41 And he buyltevp Cedron where he set horsemen and garisons that they might make outrodes by the waies of Iudea as the King had commanded him CHAP. XVI 1 Cendebeus 〈◊〉 captaine of Antiochus hoste is put to flight by the sonnes of Simon 〈◊〉 Prolemeus the sonne of Abobus killeth Simon and his two sonnes at a banketh 23 Iohn killeth them that lye in waite for his life 1 THen came Iohn vp from Gazara tolde Simon his father what Cendebeus had done 2 So Simon called two of his eldest sonnes Iudas and Iohn and said vnto them I my brethren and my fathers house haue euer from our youth vnto this day foghtē against the enemies of Israel and the matters haue had good successe vnder our hands and we haue deliuered Israel often times 3 But I am now olde and ye by Gods mercie are of a sufficiét age be ye therefore in stead of me and my brother and go forthe fight for our nacion and the helpe of heauen be with you 4 So he chose twentie thousand fighting men of the countrey with the horsemen which went forthe against Cendebeus and rested at Modin 5 In the morning thei arose and went into the plaine field beholde a mightie great hoste came against them bothe of fotemen 〈◊〉 semen but there was a riuer bet wixt them 6 And Iohn rāged his armie ouer against him and when he sawe that the people was afrayed to go ouer the riuer he wēt ouer first him self and the men seing him passed through after him 7 Then he deuided his men and set the horsemen in the middes of the fotemen 8 For their enemies horsemen were verie manie but when they blewe the trumpets Cēdebeus fled with his hoste whereof manie were slayne and the remnant gate them to the forteresse 9 Then was Iudas Iohns brother woūded but Iohn followed after them til he came to Cedron which Cendeleus had buylt 10 Also thei fled vnto the towres that were in the fields of Azotus and those did Iohn bur ne with fyre thus were there slaine two thou sand men of them so he returned peaceably into the land of Iuda 11 ¶ Now in the field of Iericho was Ptolemeus the sonne of Abubus made captaine and he had abundance of siluer and golde 12 For he had maried the daughter of the hie Priest 13 Therefore he waxed proude in his minde and thoght to rule the land thoght to slay Simon and his sonnes by deceit 14 Now as Simon went about thorowe the ci ties of the countrey studieth carefully for them he came downe to Iericho with Matta thias and Iudas his sonnes in the hundreth seuentie and seuen yere in the eleuenth moneth which is the moneth Sabat 15 Then the sonne of Abubus receiued them by treason into a litle holde called Dochus which he had buylte where he made them a great banket and had hid men there 16 So when Simon and his sonnes had made good chere Ptolemeus stode vp with his mē and toke their weapons and entred in to Simon in the banket house slewe him with his two sonnes and certeine of his seruants 17 Whereby he committed a great vilenie and recompensed euil for good 18 Then wrote Ptolemeus these things sent to the King that he might send him an hoste to helpe him and so wolde deliuer him the countrey with the cities 19 He sent other men also vnto Gazara to take Iohn and sent letters vnto the captaines to come to him and he wolde giue them siluer and golde and rewardes 20 And to Ierusalém he sent other to take it and the mountaine of the Temple 21 But one 〈◊〉 before and tolde Iohn an Gazara that his father and his brethren were slaine and that Ptolemeus had sent to slay him 22 When he heard this he was sore astonished and laid hāds of them that were come to slay him and slewe them for he knewe that they went about to kill him 23 Concerning other things of Iohn bothe of his warres and of his noble actes wherein he behaued him self manfully of the buylding of walles which he made and other of his dedes 24 Beholde they are writen in the chronicles of his priesthode from the time that he was made high Priest after his father THE SECONDE BOKE of the Maccabees CHAP. I. 1 An epistle of the Iewes that dwelt at Ierusalem sent vnto them that dweltin Egypt wherein they exhorte them to giue thankes for the death of Antiochus 19 Of the fyre that was hid in the pitte 24 The prayer of Neemias 1 THE brethrē the Iewes which be at Ierusalem and they that are in the countrey of Iudea vnto the brethren the Iewes that are thorow out Egypt send salutation prosperitie 2 God be gracious vnto you and remember his couenant made with Abraham and Isaac and Iacob his faithful seruants 3 And giue you all an heart to worship him and to do his wil with a whole heart with a willing minde 4 And open your hearts in his Law and commandements and send you peace 5 And heare your prayers and be reconciled with you and neuer forsake you in time of trouble 6 Thus now we praye here for you 7 When Demetrius reigned in the hundreth threscore and nine yere we Iewes wrote vnto you in the trouble and violēce that came vnto vs in those yeres after that Iason and his companie departed out of the holie land and kingdome 8 And burnt the porche and shed innocent blood Then we praid vnto the Lord and were heard we offred sacrifices and fine flou re and lighted the lampes and set forthe the bread 9 Now
same place 39 And vpon the daye following as 〈◊〉 required Iudas and his companie came to take vp the bodies of them that were 〈◊〉 and to burye them with their kynsemen in their fathers graues 40 Nowe vnder the coates of euerie one that was slaine they founde 〈◊〉 wels that had bene consecrate to the idoles of the * Iamnites whiche thing is forbidden the Iewes by the Law Then euerie man sawe that this was the cause wherefore they were slayne 41 And so euerie man gaue thankes vnto the Lord the righteous Iudge whiche had opened the things that were hid 42 And they gaue them selues to prayer and besoght hym that they shulde not vtterly be destroyed for the faute committed Besides that noble Iudas exhorted the people to kepe them selues from sinne for so muche as they sawe before their eyes the thinges which came to passe by the sinne of these that were slayne 43 And hauing made a gathering through the companie sent to Ierusalē about two thousand drachmes of 〈◊〉 to offer a sinne offring doyng very wel and honestly that he thoght of the resurrection 44 For if he had not hoped that they whiche were 〈◊〉 shulde rise againe it had bene superfluous ād vaine to pray for the dead 45 And therefore he perceyued that there was great fauour 〈◊〉 vp for those that dyed godly It was an holie and a good thoght So he made a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the dead that they might be 〈◊〉 from sinne CHAP. XIII 1 The comming of 〈◊〉 into 〈◊〉 4 The death of 〈◊〉 10 Maccabeus going to fight against Eupator 〈◊〉 his souldiers vnto prayer 15 He kylleth 〈◊〉 thousand men in the tentes of Antiochus 21 〈◊〉 the betrayer of the 〈◊〉 is taken 1 IN the hundreth fortie ād nine yere it was tolde Iudas that Antiochus Eupator was comming with a great power into Iudea 2 And Lysias the stewarde and ruler of hys affaires with hym hauing bothe in their armie an hundreth and ten thousand men of 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 and fiue thousand horsemē and two and twentie elephants and thre 〈◊〉 dreth charets set with hookes 3 Menelaus also ioyned hym selfe with them and with great disceit incouraged Antiochus not 〈◊〉 the safegard of the countrey but because he thoght to haue bene made the gouernour 4 But the Kyng of Kings moued Antiochus minde against this wicked man and Lysias informed the Kyng that thys man was the cause of all mischief so that the King commanded to bryng hym to 〈◊〉 to put hym vnto death as the maner was in that place 5 Nowe there was in that place a tower of fiftie cubites high ful of ashes and it had an instrument that turned rounde and on euerie side itrouled downe into the ashes 6 And there whosoeuer was condemned of sa crilege or ofanie other grieuous crime was cast of all men to the death 7 And so it came to passe that this wicked man shulde dye suche a death and it was a moste iuste thing that Menelaus shulde want buryal 8 For because he had committed manie sinnes by the altar whose fyre and ashes were holie he him self also dyed in the ashes 9 ¶ Now the King raged in his minde came to shewe himself more cruel vnto the Iewes then his father 10 Which things when Iudas perceiued he cō manded the people to call vpon the LORD night and day that if euer he had holpen thē he wolde now helpe them when they shulde be put from their Law from their countrey and from the holie Temple 11 And that he wolde not suffer the people which a litle afore began to recouer to be subdued vnto the blasphemous nacions 12 So when they had done this all together besoght the Lord for mercie with weping and fasting and falling downe thre dayes together Iudas exhorted them to make them selues readie 13 And he being aparte with the Elders toke counsel to go forthe afore the King broght his hoste into Iudea and shulde take the citie commit the matter to the helpe of the Lord. 14 So committing the charge to the Lord of the world he exhorted his souldiers to fight man fully euen vnto death for the Lawes the Temple the citie their countrey and the commune wealth and camped by Modin 15 And so giuing his souldiers for a watche worde The victorie of God he piked out the manliest yong men and went by night into the Kings campe slewe of the hoste fourtene thousand men and the greatest elephāt with all that sate vpon him 16 Thus when they had broght a great feare and trouble in the campe all things went prosperously with them they departed 17 This was done in the breake of the day be cause the protection of the Lord did helpe them 18 ¶ Now when the King had tasted the manlines of the Iewes he wēt about to take the holdes by policie 19 And marched towarde Beth-sura which was a strong holde of the Iewes but he was chased away hurt and lost of his men 20 For Iudas had sent vnto them that were in it suche things as were necessarie 21 But Rhodocus which was in the Iewes hoste disclosed the secretes to the enemies the refore he was soght out and when they had gotten him they put him in prison 22 After this did the King commune with thē that were in Beth-sura and toke truce with them departed and ioyned battel with Iudas who ouercame him 23 But when he vnderstode that Philippe whome he had left to be 〈◊〉 of his bu sines at Antiochia did rebell against him he was astonished so that he yelded him self to the Iewes and made them an othe to do all things that were right and was appeased towarde them and offred sacrifice adorned the Temple and shewed great gentlenes to the place 24 And embraced Maccabeus and made him captaine and gouernour from 〈◊〉 vnto the Gerreneans 25 Neuertheles when he came to Ptolemais the people of the citie were not content wit this agrement and because they were grieued thei wolde that he shulde breake the co uenants 26 Then went Lysias vp into the iudgemēt seat and excused the fact as wel as he colde and persuaded them and pacified them made them wel affectioned and came againe vnto Antio chia This is the matter cōcerning the Kings iournay and his returne CHAP. XIIII 1 Demetrius moued by Alcimus sendeth Nicanor to kil the Iewes 18 Nicanor maketh a compacte with the Iewes 29 Which he yet breaketh through the mocion of the King 37 Nicanor commandeth Razis to be taken who slayeth him self 1 AFter thre yeres was Iudas enformed that Demetrius the sonne of Seleucus was come vp with a great power name by the heauen of Tripolis 2 When he had wonne the countrey and slaine Antiochus and his lieutenant Lysias 3 Now 〈◊〉 whiche had bene the high Priest wilfully defiled himself in the time that all things were confounded seing that by no meanes he colde saue himself norhaue anie
soule is bonde to his sou le Chap. 43. 9. h Meaning he had rather remai ne there 〈◊〉 then to 〈◊〉 and se his father in heauines a Not that he was 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 but that he wolde couer his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Act. 7. 13. b This example reacheth that we must by all meanes comfort thē which are truely humbled and wounded for their sinnes Chap. 50. 20. c Albeit Godde test sinne yet 〈◊〉 turneth 〈◊〉 wickednes to serue to his 〈◊〉 rie d That is that I speake in your owne langage haue 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 †〈◊〉 voice e The moste plentiful grounde f The chiefest 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 †Eb. let not your eye spare your vessels “ Or he sent asmuch to wit siluer as vers 22 ten asses g Seing he had remitted the fau te done toward him he wolde not that thei shuld accuse one an other h As one betwe ne hope feare a Whereby he both signified that he 〈◊〉 hip ped the true God and 〈◊〉 t at he 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 heart 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of that land from whence present 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 him b 〈◊〉 thee by my 〈◊〉 c 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 d Shal shut 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 when thou 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to him that was moste 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 of the kinred 〈◊〉 24. 4. Psal. 105. 23. Isa. 52. 4. Exod. 1 2. and. 6. 14. 〈◊〉 26 5. 1. 〈◊〉 5. 〈◊〉 Exod. 6. 15. 1. Chr. 4. 24. 1. Chr. 6. 1. 1. Chro. 2. 3. 4. 〈◊〉 Chap. 38. 3. 1. Chro. 7. 1. “ Or persones 1. Chro. 7. 30. Chap. 41. 50. 1. 〈◊〉 7. 6 8. 〈◊〉 ut 10. 21. 〈◊〉 thightes 〈◊〉 to prepare a place 〈◊〉 bounde his es 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 Was not 〈◊〉 of his 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 thei of basse 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 I suffreth 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 that they 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to him the King 〈◊〉 assured 〈◊〉 come 〈◊〉 ma people 〈◊〉 b Iosephs great 〈◊〉 appeareth in that he Wolde enterpri se nothing with out the Kings 〈◊〉 mandement †Ebr. blessed †Ebr. how many daies are the 〈◊〉 of thy life Ebr. 11. 9. †Ebr. blessed c Which was a citie in the contrey 〈◊〉 Goshen Exod. 1. 11. d Some read that he fed 〈◊〉 as litle babes be cause they colde not prouide for thē selues against that famine e Wherein he bothe declareth his fidelitie towarde the King and his minde 〈◊〉 from 〈◊〉 f For except the 〈◊〉 be 〈◊〉 and sowen 〈◊〉 heth and is 〈◊〉 it were dead g By this changing they 〈◊〉 that thei had nothing of their owne but receiued all of the 〈◊〉 liberalitie †Ebr. ende of the border h Pharaoh in pro uiding for idolatrous priestes shal be a condem nation to all thē whiche neglect the true ministers of Goddes worde i Hereby he protested 〈◊〉 the died in 〈◊〉 fayth of his fathers 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 to hope for the promised land k He reioyced that Ioseph had promised hym and 〈◊〉 hym selfe vp vpon his pillowe praised GOD read 1. Chro. 29. 10. a Ioseph more estemeth that his children shulde be receiued into Iaakobs familie 〈◊〉 Was the Churche of God then to enioye al the treasors of Egypt †Or al 〈◊〉 Chap. 28. 13. Chap. 41. 50. Iosh. 13. 7. b VVhich is true in the carnall 〈◊〉 vnto the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 and in the spiritual for euer Chap. 35. 19. c The faithfull acknowledge all benefits to come of Gods fre mercies †Ebr. his face to the grounde d Gods 〈◊〉 is oft times 〈◊〉 to mans he preferreth that Whiche man 〈◊〉 Ebr. 11. 21. e Thys Angeil muste be vnderstand of Christ as Chap. 31. 〈◊〉 and 32. 1. f Let them be taken as my children g Ioseph faileth in binding Gods grace to the 〈◊〉 of nature h In whō Gods graces 〈◊〉 manifestly appeare i VVhiche they had by fayth 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 k By my 〈◊〉 whom God spa red for my sake a VVhen GOD shal bryng you out of Egypt b Begottē in my youthe c If thou hadest not lost thy birth 〈◊〉 by thyne 〈◊〉 “ Or their swor des were instrumēts of violence d Or 〈◊〉 meaning that he nether cōsented to them in word 〈◊〉 thoght e The Shechemites chap. 34. 26. f For Leui had no parte and Simeon was vnder Iudah Ios. 19. 1. g As was verified in Dauid and Christ. h His enemies shal so feare him “ Or kingdome i VVhich is Christ the 〈◊〉 the geuer of all prosperitie who shal call the Gentiles to saluation k A countrey moste abundant with vines and pastures is promised him †Ebr. An asse of great bones l His force shal be 〈◊〉 but he shall want courage to resist his ennemies m Shal haue the honour of a tribe n That is full of subteltie o Seing the mise ries that his 〈◊〉 shuld fal into he brasteth out in praier to GOD to remedie it p He shal abunde in corne ād pleasant frutes q Ouer comyng more by faire wordes then by force †Ebr. a sonne of increase †Ebr. daughters r As his 〈◊〉 Potiphar and others s That is God t In as muche as he was more nere to the accomplishement of the promes and it had bene more often cōfirmed u Ether in dignitie or when he was solde from his 〈◊〉 Chap. 47. 39. x VVherby is signified howe quietly he dyed a He meaneth them that enbau med the dead 〈◊〉 buryed them b They were more excessiue in 〈◊〉 thē the faithful Chap. 47. 29. c The very infideles wolde haue other performed “ Or the corne floure of Atad “ Or the 〈◊〉 of the Egyptians Act. 7. 16. Chap. 23. 16. “ Or a possessiō d An euil conscience is neuer fully at rest e Meaning that they which haue 〈◊〉 God shulde be ioyned in mo ste sure loue “ Or the messengers f who by the good successe semeth to remit it and therefore 〈◊〉 ought not to be reuenged by me †Ebr. to their heart g Who not with standing 〈◊〉 hare rule in Fgypt about foure score yeres yet was ioyned with the Church of God in faith and religion Ebr. 11. 22. h He speaketh this by the spirit of prophecie 〈◊〉 his brethren to haue ful trust in Gods promes for their deliuerance a Moses describeth the Wonderful ordre that God 〈◊〉 in performing his promes to Abraham Gen. 15. 14. “ Or persones Gen. 46 28. Deut. 10. 22. Act. 7. 17. b He meaneth the 〈◊〉 of Gos hen c He considered not how God had preserued Egypt for Iosephs sake d In to 〈◊〉 and so we shal 〈◊〉 our 〈◊〉 “ Or corne and 〈◊〉 e The more that God 〈◊〉 his the more doeth the wicked inuie them †Ebr wherwith 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 them selues of them by 〈◊〉 f These 〈◊〉 to haue bene the chief 〈◊〉 the rest “ Or seates wher vpon they 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 g Their disobedience herein was lawful but their 〈◊〉 euil h That is God increased the families of the Israelites by their meanes i When 〈◊〉
place Which was on the 〈◊〉 side S which vers 〈◊〉 is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 court 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the inner court as also where the people were was the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in respect of this inner c VVhich was 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 Le. 25 9. d 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 with that 〈◊〉 that God 〈◊〉 of signed 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Vers. 21. The litle court in euery cor ner was fortie cubits long 7. 8. and thirty broad 8. 9. 7. 9. e That the people shulde not haue to do with those things whiche 〈◊〉 teine to the Lord and thinke it law ful for then to ear them 〈◊〉 25. About the walles of the litle 〈◊〉 which were as kitchins were litle chambers for the cookes 10. Chap. XLVII 〈◊〉 1. The 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 vnder the 〈◊〉 holde yssued 〈◊〉 waters which came out of the South side ran 〈◊〉 the East 〈◊〉 in the great figure 11. a VVhereby are ment the spiritual graces that shulde be giuen to the Church vnder the kingdome of 〈◊〉 b Signifying that the 〈◊〉 of God shulde 〈◊〉 decrease but euer abounde in hys Church c Meaning the 〈◊〉 of them that shulde be refreshed by the 〈◊〉 waters d Shewing that the abundance of these graces shuld be so great that all the worlde shuld be ful thereof whiche is here ment by the Persian sea or Genezareth and the sea called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 14 8. e The waters 〈◊〉 che of nature are salt vnholsome shal be made swete and comfortable f Signifying that 〈◊〉 God bestoweth his mercies in suche abundance the ministers shal by their preaching 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 g VVhich were 〈◊〉 at the corners of the salt or dead sea h Thei shal be here 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and in as great abundāce 〈◊〉 in the 〈◊〉 Ocean where thei 〈◊〉 i 〈◊〉 is the Wicked and 〈◊〉 “ Or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 “ Or for 〈◊〉 sores Gene. 48. 22. Gene. 12. 7. 13. 5. 〈◊〉 18. 26 4. Deut. 34. 4. k By the land of promes he signi fieth the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 whereof this was a figure “ Or 〈◊〉 l Meaning that in this 〈◊〉 king dome there shuld be no difference betwene 〈◊〉 not 〈◊〉 but that all shulde be partakers of this 〈◊〉 in their head Christ. a The tribes after that they entred into the land vnder Ioshua deuided the land som what otherwise then is here set forthe by this vision b That is the porcion of the ground whiche they shall separat appoint to the Lord whiche shal be deuided in to thre partes for the Priests for the prince and for the citie 〈◊〉 44. 〈◊〉 c Meaning that it shulde be square d Euerie waye 〈◊〉 shal be fiue 〈◊〉 ty thousand e So that 〈◊〉 was on the North side of the Princes and Leuites 〈◊〉 and Beniamin on the South side f VVhiche is here taken for dumea g VVhiche was lericho the citie of palmatrees h Meaning Nilus that runneth into the sea called 〈◊〉 †Ebr. Iehonah shammah a Read 2. King 24 〈◊〉 and iere 25. 1. b VVhiche was a plaine by Babylon where was the Tē ple of their great God is here taken for Babylon c Who was as master of the wardes d He calleth them 〈◊〉 whome the King 〈◊〉 and broght vp to be rulers of other countries 〈◊〉 e His purpose was 〈◊〉 kepe them as 〈◊〉 and that 〈◊〉 might she we 〈◊〉 self victorious and also by theyr 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of his 〈◊〉 thei might 〈◊〉 rather hym 〈◊〉 the Iewes 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 able to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 him as 〈◊〉 in their land 〈◊〉 by thys 〈◊〉 the Iewes 〈◊〉 be better 〈◊〉 in subiection 〈◊〉 otherwise 〈◊〉 procure 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 noblemen f The King 〈◊〉 thre things that theis huld be of noble byrth that thei shuld be 〈◊〉 and learned 〈◊〉 that thei shuld 〈◊〉 of a strong and 〈◊〉 nature that thei might do him 〈◊〉 seruice this he did for his owne 〈◊〉 therefore it is not to praise his liberalitie yet in this he is worthy praise that he estemed 〈◊〉 and knewe that it was a necessarie meane to goue ne by g That thei might 〈◊〉 their owne religion and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to serue him the better to his purpose 〈◊〉 it is not to be thoght that Daniél did learne anye knowledge that was not Godlyes 〈◊〉 all pointes he refused the abuse of 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 in so 〈◊〉 that he wolde not 〈◊〉 the meate whiche the King appointed him but was 〈◊〉 to learne the knowledge of natural things h That by their good 〈◊〉 they myghtie learne to forget the mediocritie of their owne people k Aswell to serue at the table as in other offices To the intent that in this tyme they myght bothe 〈◊〉 the maners of the 〈◊〉 and also their tongue l That thei might altogether forget their religion for the Iewes gaue their children names which might euer put them in remembrance of some point of religion therfore this was a great tentaciō and a signe of 〈◊〉 whiche thei were not able to resist m Not that he thoght any religiō to be in the 〈◊〉 or drinke for afterwarde he 〈◊〉 but 〈◊〉 the King shuld not intise him by this swete poisō to for get his religion aceustomed sobrie tie and that in his meat drinke he might daily 〈◊〉 bre of 〈◊〉 people he was Daniél bringeth this in to she we how God from the beginning assisted him with his Spirit and at length called him to be a Prophet n He supposed thei did this for religiō which was 〈◊〉 to the Babylonians and therefore herein he representeth them which are of no re ligion for nether he wolde condēne 〈◊〉 nor mainteine his owne o Meaning that within this space he might haue the tryal and that no man shuld be able to discerne 〈◊〉 and thus he spake being moued by the 〈◊〉 of God p Not 〈◊〉 was a thing abominable to eat dentie 〈◊〉 and to drinke wine as bothe before and after thei 〈◊〉 but if thei shulde haue hereby bene wonne to the King and haue 〈◊〉 their owne religion that meat and drinke had bene 〈◊〉 q This bare feding and that also of 〈◊〉 when he fled from the court of Egypt declareth that we must liue in suche sobrietie as God doeth call vs vnto seing he wil make it more 〈◊〉 vnto vs then all 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for his blessing onelye 〈◊〉 †Ebr. fatter in 〈◊〉 r Meaning in the liberal sciences natural knowledge and not in the magical 〈◊〉 whi che are 〈◊〉 bidden Deut 18. 11. s So that he 〈◊〉 was a Prophet none of the other for by dreames visions God appea red to his Prophetes Nomb. 12. 6. t Of the thre yeres aboue mencioned ver 5. u That is he was estemed in Babylō as a Prophet so lōg as that commune wealth stode a The father the sonne were bothe called by this name so that this is ment of the sonne when he reigned 〈◊〉 for he reigned also after a sort with his
then vsed to 〈◊〉 alone communely and disdained that anie shulde sit in their 〈◊〉 now to 〈◊〉 his power and how 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thy his enemie which then besieged Babylon he made a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 vsed excesse in their companie which is ment hereby drinking wine thus the wicked are moste dissolute and negligent when their destruction is at hand ' Or ou 〈◊〉 with wine c Meaning his grand father d In contempt of the true God they praised their idoles 〈◊〉 that they thoght 〈◊〉 the golde or siluer were gods but that there was a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and power in them to do them good with is also the opinion of all 〈◊〉 e That it might the better 〈◊〉 f So he that before 〈◊〉 God was moued by this 〈◊〉 to tremble 〈◊〉 feare of Gods iudgements g Thus the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 their troubles seke manie meanes who draw ethem from God because they seke not to him who is the onelie comfort in 〈◊〉 h To wit his grād mother 〈◊〉 nezzars wise which for her age was not before at the feast but came 〈◊〉 when she heart of these strāge newes i Read Chap 4. 6. and this declareth that bothe this na me was odious vnto him and also that he did not vse these vile 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 because he was not among them when all were called k For the idolaters thoght that the Angels had power as God therefore had thē in like estimation as they had God thinking that the spirit of prophecie and vnderstāding came of them l Before he red the writing he declareth to the King his great in gratitude toward God who 〈◊〉 not be moued to giue him the glotie considering his wonderful worke toward his grand father and so sheweth that he doeth not sinne of ignorance but of malice m After that God had so long time 〈◊〉 his angre and 〈◊〉 wai ted for thine amē dement n This worde is twise writen for the certeinitie of thing shewing that God had moste surely counted signifying also that God hathe appointed a terme for all kingdo mes and that a miserable end shal come on all that raise them selues against him “ Or wanting o 〈◊〉 sonne in lawe giue him this title of honour althogh 〈◊〉 in effect had the dominion a Read 〈◊〉 Chap 1 〈◊〉 †Or not be troubled b This heathen King preferred Da niél a stranger to all his nobles and familiars because the graces of God were more excellent in him then in others c Thus the wicked can not abide the graces of God in others but sake by all occasions to de 〈◊〉 them 〈◊〉 re against suche assaltes there is no better remedie 〈◊〉 to walke vprightly in the feare of God and to haue a good conscience d 〈◊〉 is 〈◊〉 ned the wickednes of the King who wolde be set vp as a god and passel not 〈◊〉 wicked lawes he approued for the maintenance of the same e Because he wolde not by his silen ce shew that he cō sented to this wic ked decre he set opē his windowes towarde 〈◊〉 lém 〈◊〉 he pray ed bothe to 〈◊〉 vp him self 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of Gods promises to his people when they shulde pray towarde that 〈◊〉 also 〈◊〉 others might 〈◊〉 he wolde nether consent in heart nor dede for these 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thing that was cō 〈◊〉 to Gods glo rie f Thus the wicked 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 laws 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which is of 〈◊〉 times 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or stubbernes when is the innocents the 〈◊〉 perish therefore 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 re nor be ashamed to b. 〈◊〉 suche g This 〈◊〉 that Darius 〈◊〉 not touched with the true knowled ge of God because he douted of his power h My iuste cause vp 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 thing wherein I was charged is ap proued of God i For he did 〈◊〉 bey the Kings wic ked cōmandemēt to obey God and so did no iniurie to the King who oght to commande nothing whereby God shulde be dishonored k Because he 〈◊〉 him self wholy vnto God whose cause he did defend he was assured that 〈◊〉 but good colde co me vnto him 〈◊〉 rein we se the power of faith as Ebr 11. 〈◊〉 l This 〈◊〉 a terrible example against all the wicked whiche do against their conscience make c uel lawes to destroye he children of God and also admonis heth princes how to punish such when their Wickednes is come to light 〈◊〉 not in euerie point or with like circumstances yet to execute true iustice vpon them m This 〈◊〉 not that 〈◊〉 did wo ship God 〈◊〉 or els was 〈◊〉 for thē he wolde haue destroyed all 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and not one ly giuen God the chief place but one ly haue set him vp and caused him to be honored 〈◊〉 to his worde 〈◊〉 this was a 〈◊〉 confession of Gods power whereunto he was compelled by this wonderful miracle n Which hathe not onely life in him self but is the onelie fountaine of life and quickeneth all things so that without him there is no life a VVhere as the people of Israél loked for a continual 〈◊〉 after these seuen 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 had declared he 〈◊〉 weth that 〈◊〉 rest shal not be a 〈◊〉 from 〈◊〉 but a beginning ther 〈◊〉 mean aged them to toke or a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 be 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 by whome they shulde 〈◊〉 a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 an 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they shulde 〈◊〉 a certeine 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the destruction of the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 kingdome b 〈◊〉 signified 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shulde 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 troubles and afflictions in the worlde in all corners of the worlde and at son 〈◊〉 times c Meaning the 〈◊〉 Caldeā 〈◊〉 whiche was moste strong 〈◊〉 in power 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 one come to their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thogh 〈◊〉 had had wings to 〈◊〉 ye their wings were pulled by the Persians thei went on thei fete were made like other men which is here 〈◊〉 by mans heart d Meaning the Persians which were barbarous and 〈◊〉 e Thei were 〈◊〉 in the beginning were shut vp in their mountaines and had no 〈◊〉 f That is destroyed many kingdomes was 〈◊〉 g To wit the Angels by Gods cōmādement who by this meanes punished the 〈◊〉 of the worlde h Meaning Alexander the King of Macedonie i That is his foure chief captaines whiche 〈◊〉 the empire among them after his death Seleueus had Asia the great Antigonus the esse Cassander and after him 〈◊〉 was King o Macedonie 〈◊〉 had Egypt k It was not of him self 〈◊〉 of his owne power that he 〈◊〉 all these countreis for his armie conteined but thirtie thousand men and 〈◊〉 ouercame in one battel Darius which had 〈◊〉 hundreth thousand when he was so 〈◊〉 with slepe that his eyes were se 〈◊〉 open is the stories reporte therefore this power was giuen him of God l That is he Romain em 〈◊〉 which was as a monster colde not be 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 beast because
intention semed good and necessarie and of Iosiah also who for greate considerations was moued for the defence of true Religion and his people to fight agaynste Pharaoh Necho Kyng of Egypt may sufficiently admonish vs. Laste of all moste graciōus Quene for the aduancement of this buyldyng and rearyng vp of the worke two things are necessarie First that we haue a lyuely and sted fast faith in Christ Iesus who must dwel in our heartes as the only meanes and assurance of our saluation for he is the ladder that reacheth from the earth to heauen he lifteth vp his Churche and setteth it in the hea uenly places he maketh vs lyuely stones and buildeth vs vpon him selfe he ioyneth vs to hym selfe as the membres and body to the head yea he maketh him selfe ād his Church one Christ. The next is that our faith bring forthe good fruites so that our godly conuersation may serue vs as a witnes to confirme our election and by an example to all others to walke as apperteyneth to the vocation whereunto they are called leste the worde of God be euill spoken of and this buyldyng be stayed to growe vp to a iuste heyght whiche can not be without the greate prouocation of Gods iuste vengeance and discouragyng of many thousandes through all the worlde if they shulde se that our life were notholy and agreable to our profession For the eyes of all that feare God in al places beholde your countreyes as an example to all that beleue and the prayers of all the godly at all tymes are directed to God for the preseruation of your maiestie For consideryng Gods wonderfull mercies towarde you at all seasons who hathe pulled you out of the mouth of the lyons and howe that from your youth you haue bene broght vp in the holy Scriptures the hope of all men is so increased that they can not but looke that God shulde bryng to passe some wonderful worke by your grace to the vniuersall comforte of hys Churche Therefore euen aboue strength you muste she we your selfe strong and bolde in Gods matters and thogh Satan lay all his power and crafte together to hurt and hinder the Lordes building yet be you assured that God will fight from heauen againste this great dragon the ancient serpent whiche is called the deuill and Satan till he haue accomplished the whole worke and made his Churche glorious to hym selfe without spot or wrincle For albeit all other kingdomes and monarchies as the Babylonians Persians Grecians and Romaines haue fallen and taken end yet the Churche of Christe euen vnder the Crosse hathe from the begynning of the worlde bene victorious and shal be euerlastyngly Trueth it is that sometyme it semeth to be shadowed with a cloude or driuen with a stormie persecution yet suddenly the beames of Christ the sunne of iustice shine and bryng it to light and libertie If for a tyme it lye couered with ashes yet it is quickely kindeled agayne by the wynde of Gods Spirit thogh it seme drowned in the sea or parched and pyned in the wildernes yet GOD giueth euer good successe for he punysheth enemyes and deliuereth hys nourisheth thē and still preserueth them vnder hys wyngs This Lord of Lordes and King of kings who hath euer defended his strengthen comfort and preserue your maiestie that you maye be able to builde vp the ruines of Gods house to hys glorie the discharge of your conscience and to the comfort of all them that loue the commyng of Christ Iesus our Lord. From Geneua 10. April 1561. TO OVR BELOVED IN THE LORD THE BRETHREN OF ENGLAND Scotland Ireland c. Grace mercie and peace through Christ Iesus BEsides the manifolde and continuall benefites whiche almyghtie God bestoweth vpon vs bothe corporall and spirituall we are especially bounde deare brethren to giue him thankes without ceasing for hys great grace and vnspeakable mercies in that it hathe pleased hym to call vs vnto this meruelous lyght of his Gospel and mercifully to regarde vs after so horrible back esliding and falling away from CHRIST to ANTICHRIST from lyght to darcknes from the liuing God to dumme and dead idoles and that after so cruell murther of Gods Saintes as alas hathe bene among vs we are not altogether cast of as were the Israelites and many others for the like or not so manifest wickednes but receiued againe to gra ce with moste euident signes and tokens of Gods especialloue and fauour To the intent therefore that we may not be vnmyndefull of these greate merecies but seke by all meanes accordyng to ourduetie to be thank efull for the same it behoueth vs so to walke in his feare and loue that all the dayes of our life we maye procure the glorie of his holy name Now forasmuche as thys th ing chefely is atteyned by the knollage and practising of the worde of God which is the light to our paths the keye of the kyngdome of heauen our comforte in affliction our shielde and sworde against Satan the schoole of all wisdome the glasse wherein we beholde Gods face the testimonie of his fauour and the only foode and nourishement of our soules we thoght that we colde bestowe our labours and studie in nothyng whiche colde be more acceptable to God and comfortable to his Church then in the translating of the holy Scriptures into our natiue tongue the which thing albeit that diuers heretofore haue indeuored to atchieue yet consideryng the infancie of those tymes and imperfect knollage of the tongues in respect of thys rype age and cleare light whiche God hath now reueiled the translations required greatly to be perused and reformed Not that we vendicat anything to our selues aboue the least of our brethren for God knoweth wyth what feare tremblyng we haue bene nowe for the space of two yeres more daye and nyght occupied herein but beyng earnestly desired and by diuers whose learnyng and godlines we reuerence exhorted and also incouraged by the ready willes of suche whose heartes God lyke wise touched not to spare any charges for the fortherance of suche a benefite and fauour of God towarde his Churche thogh the tyme then was moste dangerous and the persecution sharpe and furious we submitted our selues at length to their godly iudgementes and seing the great oportunitie and occasions whiche God presented vnto vs in this Church by rea son of so many godly and learned men and suche diuersities of translations in diuers tongues we vnder toke this great and wonderful worke with all reuerence as in the presence of God as intreating the worde of God whereunto we thinke ourselues vnsufficient whiche nowe God according to his diuine prouidence and mercie hath directed to a moste prosperous end And this we may with good conscience protest that we haue in euery point and worde accordyng to the measure of that knollage whiche it pleased almightie God to giue vs
earth 32 Then the people arose all that day and all the night and all the next day and gathered the quailes he that gathered the least gathered ten Hommers full and they spred them abroade for their vse round about the hoste 33 While the flesh was yet betwene their teth before it was chewed euē the wrath of the Lord was kindled against the people the Lord * smote the people with an exceadyng great plague 34 So the name of the place was called Kibróth-hattaauáh for there they buryed the people that fel a lusting 35 From Kibróth-hattaauáh the people toke their iourney to Hazeróth and abode at 〈◊〉 zeróth CHAP. XII 1 Aaron and Miriam grudge against Mosés 10 Miriām is striken with leprosie and healed at the prayer of Mosés 1 AFterward Miriám and Aaarōn spake against Mosés because of the woman of Ethiopia whome he had maried for he had maried woman of Ethiopia 2 And they said What hath the Lord spoken but onely by Mosés hathe he not spoken al so by vs and the Lord heard this 3 But Mosés was a very* meke man aboue all the men that were vpon the earth 4 And by and by the Lord said vnto Mosés vnto Aarón vnto Miriā Come out ye thre vnto the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and they thre came forthe 5 Then the Lorde came downe in the piller of the cloude and stode in the dore of the Tabernacle and called Aarón and Miriám and they bothe came forthe 6 And he said Heare now my wordes If there be a Prophet of the Lorde among you I wil be knowen to him by a vision and wil speake vnto him by dreame 7 My seruant Mosés is not so who is faithfull in al mine house 8 Vnto him wil I speake * mouth to mouthe and by vision and not in darke wordes but he shall se the similitude of the Lorde wherefore thē were ye not afraied to speake against my seruant euen against Mosés 9 Thus the Lord was very angry with them departed 10 Also the cloude departed from the Tabernacle and behold Miriám was leprous like snowe and Aarón loked vpon Miriám and beholde she was leprous 11 Then Aarōn said vnto Mosés Alas my Lord I beseche thee lay not the sinne vpon vs which we haue foolishly committed wherein we haue sinned 12 Let her not I pray thee be as one dead of whome the flesh is half consumed when he commeth out of his mothers wombe 13 Then Mosés cryed vnto the Lord saying O God I befeche heale her now 14 ¶ And the Lord said vnto Mosés If her fa ther had spit in her face shulde she not ha ue bene ashamed seuē dayes let her be * shut out of the hoste seuen dayes after she shal be receiued 15 So Miriám was shut out of the hoste seuen dayes and the people remoued not til Miriám was broght in againe CHAP. XIII 4 Certeine men are sent to searche the land of Canaān 24 They bring of the frute of the land 31 Caléb comforteth the people against the discouraging of the other spies 1 THen afterward the people remoued frō Hazerōth and pitched in the wildernes of Parān 2 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 3 Send thou men out to searche the land of Canáan whiche I giue vnto the children of Israél of euerie tribe of their fathers shall ye send a man suche as are all rulers among them 4 Then Mosés sent them out of the wildernes of Parán at the commandement of the Lord all those men were heades of the children of Israél 5 Also their names are these of the tribe of Reubén Shamu a the sonne of Zaccúr 6 Of the tribe of Simeōn Shaph at the sonne of 〈◊〉 7 Of the tribe of Iudáh Caléb the sonne of Iephunnéh 8 Of the tribe of Issachár Igáll the sonne of Ioséph 9 Of the tribe of Ephráim Oshéa the sonne of Nun 10 Of the tribe of Beniamin Palti the sonne of Raphū 11 Of the tribe of Zebulūn Gaddiél the sonne of Sodi 12 Of the tribe of Ioséph to wit of the 〈◊〉 of Manasséh Caddi the sonne of Susi 13 Of the tribe of Dan Ammiél the sonne of Gemalli 14 Of the tribe of Dan Ammiél the sonne of Michaél 15 Of the tribe of Naphtali Nahbi the sonne of Vophsi 16 Of the tribe of Gad Geuéll the sonne of Machi 17 These are the names of the men whiche Mosés sent to spie out the land Mosés cal led the name of Oshéa the sonne of Nun Iehoshúa 18 So Mosés sent them to spie out the land of Canáan and said vnto thē Go vp this way toward the South and go vp into the moun taines 19 And consider the land what it is the people that dwel therein whether they be strōg or weake ether few or many 20 Also what the lād is that they dwelin whe ther it be good or bad and what cities thei be that they dwel in whether they dwel in tentes or in walled townes 21 And what the land is whether it be fat or leane whether there be trees therein or not And be of good courage and bring of the frute of the land for then was the time of the first ripe grapes 22 ¶ So they went vp and searched out the land frome the wildernes of Zin vnto Rehob to go to Hamáth 23 And their ascended toward the South and came vnto Hebron where 〈◊〉 Ahimān Sheshái and Talmái the sonnes of Anāk And Hebron was 〈◊〉 ylt seuen yere before Zoan in Egypt 24 * Then they came to the riuer of Eshcol ād cut downe thence a branche with one clustre of grapes and they bare it vpon a barre betwene two and broght of the pomegranates and of the figges 25 That place was called the riuer Eshcol because of the clustre of grapes which the chil dren of Israél cut downe thence 26 Then after fourty dayes they turned againe from searching of the land 27 And they went and came to Mosés and to Aaron and vnto all the Congregacion of the children of Israél in the wildernes of Parán to Kadésh and broght to them and to all the Congregacion tydings and shewed them the frute of the land 28 And they tolde him and sayd We came vnto the land whether thou hast sente vs and surely it floweth with * milke and honie and here is of the frute of it 29 Neuertheles the people be strong that dwel in the land and the cities are walled and exceading great and moreouer we sawe the sonnes of Anák there 30 The Amalekites dwell in the Southe countrey and the Hittites and the Iebusites and the Amorites dwell in the mountaines and the Canaanites dwell by the Sea and by the coste of Iordén 31 Then Caléb stilled the people before Mosés and said Let vs go
and went in vnto her 2 And it was tolde to the Azzanites Samson is come hether And they went about and layed wait for him all night in the gate of the citie were quiet all the night saying Abide til the morning earely and we shal kil him 3 And Samsón slept til midnight and arose at midnight and toke the dores of the ga tes of the citie and the two postes and lift them away with the barres and put them vpon his shulders and caried them vp to the top of the mountaine that is before Hebron 4 ¶ And after this he loued a woman by the riuer of Sorék whose name was Deliláh 5 Vnto whome came the princes of the Phi listims and said vnto her Entise him and se wherein his great strēgth lieth and by what meane we may ouer come him that we may binde him and punishe him and euerie one of vs shal giue thee eleuen hun dreth shekels of siluer 6 ¶ And Deliláh said to Samsōn Telme I pray thee wherein thy great strength lieth and where with thou mightest be bounde to do thee hurt 7 Samsôn then answered vnto her If they binde me with seuen greene cordes that were neuer dryed them shal I be weake be as an other man 8 And the princes of the Philistims broght her seuen greene cordes that were not drye and she bound him there with 9 And she had men lying in waite with her in the chamber Then she said vnto him The Philistims be vpō thee Samsón And he brake the cordes as a thread of to we is broken when it feleth fire so his strenght 〈◊〉 not knowen 10 ¶ After Deliláh said vnto Samsón Se thou hast mocked me and tolde me lies I pray thee now tel me where with thou mightest be bound 11 Then he answered her If they binde me with newe ropes that neuer were occupied then shal I be weake and be as another man 12 Deliláh therefore toke newe ropes and bount him there with and said vnto him The Philistims be vpon thee Samsōn and men lay in wait in the chāber he brake them from his armes as a threade 13 ¶ Afterward Deliláh said to Samson Hetherto thou hast be guiled me and tolde me lies tel me how thou mightest be boūd And he said vnto her If thou 〈◊〉 seuen lockes of mine head with the threa des of the woufe 14 And she fastened it with a pinne and said vnto him The Philistims be vpon thee Samsón And he awoke out of his slepe went away with the pinne of the webbe the woufe 15 Againe she said vnto him How canst thou say I loue thee when thine heart is not with me thou hast mocked me these thre times and hast not tolde me wherein thy great strength lieth 16 And because she was importunate vpon him with her wordes continually vexed him his soule was peined vnto the death 17 Therefore he tolde her all his heart and said vnto her There neuer came rasor vpō mine head for I am a Nazarite vnto GOD from my mothers wombe therefore if I be shauen my strength wil go from me I shal be weake and be like all other men 18 And when Deliláh sawe that he had tolde her all his heart she sēt and called for the Princes of the Philistims saying Come vp once againe for he hathe shewed me all his heart Then the princes of the Philistims came vp vnto her broght the money in their hands 19 And she made him slepe vpon her knees and she called a man and made him to shaue of the seuen lockes of his dead and she began to vexe him and his strenght was gone from him 20 Then she said The Philistims be vpon thee Sāson And he awoke out of his slepe and thoght I wil go out now as at other times and shake my selfe but he knewe not that the Lord was departed from him 21 Therefore the Philistims toke him and put out his eies and broght him downe to Azzáh and bound him with fetters and he did grinde in the prison house 22 And the heere of his head began to growe againe after that it was shauen 23 Then the princes of the Philistims gathered them together for to offer a great sacrifice vnto Dagón their god and to 〈◊〉 for 〈◊〉 said Our god hathe deliuered Samsôn our enemie into our hands 24 Also when the people saw him they praised their god for they said Our god hath deliuered into our hands our enemie and destroier of our coūtrey which hathe slaine manie of vs. 25 And when their heartes were mery they said Call Samsôn that he may make vs pastime So they called Samsôn out of the pri son house and he was a laughing stocke vnto them and they set him betwene the pillers 26 Then Samsôn said vnto the seruant that led him by the hand Lead me that I may touche the pillers that the house stādeth vpon and that I may leane to them 27 Now the house was ful of men and women there were all the princes of the Philistîms also vpō the roofe were about thre thousand men women that behelde while Samson played 28 Thē Samsôn called vnto the Lord and said ô Lord God I pray thee thinke vpon me ô God I beseche thee strengthen me at this time onely that I maye be at once auenged of this Philistims for my two eyes 29 And Samsón layed holde on the two middle pillers whereupon the house stode and on which it was borne vp on the one with his right hād and on the other with his left 30 Then said Samsón Let me lose my life with the Philistims he bowed him with all his might and the house fel vpon the princes and vpon all the people that were therein so the dead which he slue at this death were mo then they which he had slayne in his life 31 Then his brethren and all the house of his father came downe and toke him and broght him vp buryed him betwene Zoráh Eshtaòl in the sepulchre of Manóah his father now he had iudged Israél twentie yeres CHAP. XVII 3 Michahs mother according to her vowe made her sonne two idoles 5 He made his sonne a Priest for his idoles 10 And after he hired a Leuite 1 THere was a man of mount Ephráim whose name was Micháh 2 And he said vnto his mother The eleuen hundreth shekels of siluer that were takē from thee for the which thou cursedst and spakedst it euen in mine hearing beholde the siluer is with me I toke it Then his mother said Blessed be my sonne of the Lord. 3 And when he had restored the eleuen hūdreth shekels of siluer to his mother his mother said I had dedicate the siluer to the Lord of mine hād for my sōne to make a grauen and molten image Now therefore I wil giue
Dauid so there was a great slaughter that day euen of twentie thousand 8 ¶ For the battel was skatred ouer all the countrey and the wood deuoured muche more people that day then did the sworde 9 ¶ Now Absalōm met the seruants of Dauid and Absalóm rode vpō a mule and the mule came vnder a great thicke oke and his head caught holde of the oke and he he was taken vp betwene the heauen the earthe the mule that was vnderhim went away 10 And one that sawe it tolde Ioáb saying Beholde I sawe Absalom hāged in an oke 11 Then Ioáb said vnto the mā that tolde him And hast thou in de de sene why then didest not thou there smite him to the groūd and I wolde haue giuē theeten k shekels of siluer and a girdle 12 Then the man said vnto Ioà b Thogh I shulde receiue a thousand shekels of siluer in mine hand yet wolde I not lay mine hand vpō the Kings sonne for in our hea ring the King charged thee and Abishai Ittai saying Bewarre lest anie touche the yong man Absalóm 13 If I had done it it had bene the danger of my life for nothing can be hid from the King yea thou thy selfe woldest haue bene against me 14 Then said Ioáb I wil not thus tary with thee And he toke thre dartes in his hand and thrust them through Absalóm while he was yet aliue in the middes of the oke 15 And ten seruants that bare Ioábs armour compassed about and smote Absalom and slewe him 16 Then Ioáb blewe the trumpet and the people returned from pursuing after Israél for Ioáb helde backe the people 17 And they toke Absalom and cast him into a great pit in the wood layed a mighty great heape of stones vpon him and all Israél fled euerie one to his tent 18 Now Absalóm in his life time had taken reared hī vp a piller which is in the * Kings dale for he said I haue no sonne to kepe my name in remembrance and he called the piller after his owne name and it is cal led vnto this day Absaloms place 19 ¶ Then said Ahimáaz the sonne of Zabók I pray thee let me runne beare the King tidings that the Lord hathe deliuered him out of the hand of his enemies 20 And Ioábsaid vnto him Thou shalt not be the messenger to day but thou shalt beare tidings another time but to day thou shalt beare none for the Kings sonne is dead 21 Then said Ioáb to Cushi Go tel the King what thou hast sene And Cushi bowed himselfe vnto Ioáb and ran 22 Then said Ahimáaz the sonne of Zadók againe to Ioáb What I pray thee if I also runne after Cushi And Ioáb said Wherefore now wilt thou runne my sonne seing that thou hast no tidings to bring 23 Yet what if I runne Then he said vnto him Runne So Ahimáaz ranne by the way of the plaine and ouerwent Cushi 24 Now Dauid sat betwene the two gates And the watcheman went to the top of the gate vpon the wall and lift vp hys eyes and sawe ād behold a man came running alone 25 And the watcheman cryed and tolde the Kyng And the Kyng sayde If he be alone he bryngeth tydyngs And he came apase and drewe nere 26 And the watchemen sawe an other man runnynge and the watcheman called vnto the porter and said Beholde another man runneth alone And the Kyng sayd He also bringeth tidings 27 And the watcheman said Me thinketh the 〈◊〉 of the formost is lyke the running of Ahimáaz the sonne of Zadok Then the Kyng said He is a good man and commeth with good tidings 18 And Ahimáaz called and sayde vnto the King Peace be with thee and he fel downe to the earth vpon his face before the Kyng and said Blessed be the Lorde thy God who hathe shut vp the men that lifte vp their hands against my Lord the King 29 And the King said Is the yong man Absalóm safe And Ahimáaz answered Whē Ioáb sent the Kings seruant and me thy seruāt I sawe a great tumulte but I knew not what 30 And the Kynge sayd vnto hym Turne aside and stand here so he turned aside and stode still 31 And beholde Cushi came and Cushi said Tidings my Lorde the King for the Lorde hath deliuered thee this day out of the hand of all that rose against thee 32 Then the King said vnto Cushi Is the yong man Absalom safe And Cushi aunswered The enemies of my Lorde the King and all that rise agaynste thee to do thee hurt be as that yong man is 33 And the Kyng was moued and went vp to the chamber ouer the gate and wept and as he went thus he said O my sonne Absalóm my sonne my sonne Absalóm wolde GOD I had dyed for thee ô Absalōm my sonne my sonne CHAP. XIX 7 Ioáb encourageth the King 8 Dauid is restored 23 Shimei is pardoned 24 Mephibosheth meeteth the King 39 Barzelai departeth 41 Israél 〈◊〉 with Iudah 1 ANd it was tolde Ioáb Beholde the King wepeth and mourneth for Absalōm 2 Therefore the victorie of that day was turned into mourning to all the people for the people heard say that daye The Kynge sorro weth for his sonne 3 And the people went that day into the citie secretly as people confounded hide them selues when they flee in battel 4 So the Kynge hid his face and the Kynge cryed with a low de voyce My sonne Absalóm Absalóm my sonne my sonne 5 ¶ Then Ioáb came into the house to the King and said Thou hast shamed this day the faces of all thy seruants which this day haue saued thy life and the liues of thy sonnes ād of thy daughters and the liues of thy wiues and the liues of thy concubines 6 In that thou louest thine enemies and hatest the friends for thou hast declared this day that thou regardest nether thy princes nor seruants therefore this day I perceiue that if Absalóm had liued and we all had dyed this daye that then it wolde haue pleased thee wel 7 Nowe therefore vp come out and speake comfortably vnto thy seruants for I sweare by the Lorde except thou come out there wil not tary one man with thee this night ād that wil be worse vnto thee then all the euil that fel on thee from thy youthe hetherto 8 Then the Kyng arose and sate in the gate and they tolde vnto all the people saying Beholde the King doeth sit in the gate and all the people came before the King for Israél had fled euerie man to his tent 9 ¶ Thē all the people were at strife through out all the tribes of Israél saying The King saued vs out of the hand of our enemies and he deliuered vs out of the hande of the Philistims and nowe he is fled out of the
knowest the hearts of al the childrē of mē 40 That they may feare thee as long as they liue in the lād which thou gauest vnto our fathers 41 Moreouer as touching the stranger that is not of thy people Israél who shal come ōut of a farre coūtrei for thy Names sake 42 When they shal heare of thy great Name and of thy mighty hand and of thy stretched out arme and shal come pray in this house 43 Heare thou in heauen thy dwelling place and do according to all that the stranger calleth for vnto thee that all the people of the earth may knowe thy Name feare thee as do thy people Israél and that they may knowe that thy Name is called vpon in this house which I haue buylt 44 ¶ When the people shal go out to battel against their enemie by they way that thou shalt send them and shal pray vnto the Lord * towarde the way of the citie which thou hast chosen and towarde the house that I haue buylt for thy Name 45 Heare thou then in heauen their prayer supplication and iudge their cause 46 If they sinne against thee * for 〈◊〉 is no man that sinneth not and thou be angry with them and deliuer them vnto the enemies so that they carie them away prisōners vnto the land of the enemies ether farre or nere 47 Yet if they turne againe vnto their heart in the land to the whith they be caryed away captiues and returne and pray vnto thee in the land of them that caryed them away captiues saying We haue sinned we haue transgressed and done wickedly 48 If they turne 〈◊〉 vnto thee with all their heart and with all their soule in the land of their enemies which led thē away captiues and pray vnto thee towarde the way of their land which thou gauest vnto their fathers and towarde the citie which thou hast chosen and the house which I haue buylt for thy Name 49 Then heare thou their 〈◊〉 and their supplicacion in heauē thy dwelling place and * iudge their cause 50 And be merciful vnto thy people that ha ue sinned against thee and vnto all their iniquities wherein they haue transgres sed against thee and cause that thei which led them away captiues may haue pitie compassion on them 51 For they be thy people and thine inheritance which thou broghtest out of Egypt from the middes of the yron fornace 52 Let thine eies be open vnto the prayer of thy seruant vnto the prayer of thy peo ple Israél to hearken vnto them in all that they call for vnto thee 53 For thou didest separate them to thee frō among all people of the earth for an inhe ritance as thou saidest by the hand of Mo sés thy seruāt when thou broghtest our fa thers * out of Egypt ô Lord God 54 And when Salomon had made an end of praying all this prayer and supplicacion vnto the Lord he arose from before the altar of the Lord frō kneling on his knees and stretching of his hands to heauen 55 And stode and blessed all the Congregacion of Israél with a loude voyce saying 56 Blessed be the Lord that hathe giuen rest vnto his people Israél according to all that he promised there hathe 〈◊〉 failed one worde of all his good promes which he pro mised by the hand of Mosēs his seruant 57 The lord our God be with vs as he was with our fathers that he forsake vs not nether leaue vs. 58 That he may bowe our hearts vnto him that we may walke in all his waies and ke pe his cōmandements his statutes and his lawes which he cōmāded our fathers 59 And these my wordes which I haue praied before the Lord be nere vnto the Lord our God 〈◊〉 and nighte that he defende the cause of his seruant the cause of his peo ple Israél alway as the matter requireth 60 That all the people of the earth may knowe that the lord is God none other 61 Let your heart therefore be perfit with the Lord our God to walke in his statutes to kepe his commandemēts as this day 62 ¶ Then the King and all Israél with him of fred sacrifice before the Lord 63 * And Salomón offred a sacrifice of peace offrings which he offred vnto the Lord to wit two and twentie thousand beeues an hundreth and twentie thousand shepe so the King and all the children of Israél dedicated the house of the Lord. 64 The same day did the King halowe the mi dle of the courte that was before the house of the Lord for there he offred burnt of frings and the meat offrings and the fat of the peace offrings because the * brasen altar that was before the Lord was to litle to receiue the burnt offrings and the meat offrings and the fat of the peace of frings 65 And Salomón made at that time a feast and all Israél with him a very great Congregacion euen from the entring in of Hamath vnto the riuer of Egypt before the Lord our God seuen dayes and seuen dayes euen fourtene dayes 66 And the eight day he sent the people awaye and they thanked the Kinge and vnto their tentes ioyous and with glad heart because of all the goodnes that the Lord had done for Dauid his seruant and for Israél his people CHAP. IX 2 The Lord appeareth the seconde time to Salomon 11 Sa lomón giueth cities to Hirám 20 The Canaanites beco me tributaries 〈◊〉 He sendeth fort he an anie for golde 1 WHen * Salomō had finished the buyl ding of the house of the Lord and and the Kings palace and all that Salomō desired and minded to do 2 Then the Lord appeared vnto Salomōn the secōde time as he * appeared vnto him at Gibeōn 3 And the Lord said vnto him I haue heard thy prayer and thy supplicatiō that thou hast made before me I haue halowed this house which thou hast buylt to * put my Name there for euer and mine eyes and mine heart shal be there perpetually 4 And if thou wilt walke before me as Da uid thy father walked in purenes of heart and in righteousnes to do according to all that I haue commanded thee and kepe my statutes and my iudgements 5 Then wil I stablish the throne of thy king dome vpon Israél for euer as I promised to Dauid thy father saying * Thou shalt not want a man vpon the throne of Israél 6 But if ye and your children turne away from me and wil not kepe my comman dements and my statutes which I haue set before you but go serue other gods and worship them 7 Then wil I cut of Israél from the land which I haue giuen them and the house which I haue halowed * for my Name wil I cast out of my
you me 5 〈◊〉 you not to knowe that the Lorde GOD of Israél hathe giuen the kyngdome ouer Israél to Diuid for euer euen to him and to his sonnes by a couenant of salt 6 And Ieroboam the sonne of Nebat the seruant of Salomón the sonne of Dauid is risen vp and hathe * rebelled against his Lord. 7 And there are gathered to hym vaine men and wicked and made them selues strong agaynste Rehoboam the sonne of Salomón for Rehoboam was but a childe and * tender hearted and colde not resist them 8 Now therefore ye thinke that ye be able to resiste agaynste the kingdome of the Lorde whiche is in the handes of the sonnes of Dauid and ye be a great multitude and the golden calues are with you whyche Ieroboam made you for gods 9 * Haue ye not driuen awaye the Priestes of the Lorde the sonnes of Aaron and the Leuites and haue made you Priestes lyke the people of other countreis whosoeuer commeth to consecrate with a yong bullocke and seuen rams the same maye be a Priest of them that are no gods 10 But we belong vnto the Lord our God and haue not forsaken him and the Priestes the sonnes of Aaron minister vnto the Lord and the Leuites in their office 11 And they burne vnto the Lord euerie mor nyng and euerie euening burnt offrings and swete incense and the bread is set in order vpon the pure table and the candel sticke of golde with the lampes thereof 〈◊〉 burne eue rie euenyng for we kepe the watche of the Lord our God but ye haue forsaken him 12 And beholde this God is with vs as a captaine and hys Priestes with the soundyng trumpets to crye an alarme agaynst you O ye children of Israèl fight not agaynste the LORDE God of your fathers for ye shall not prosper 13 ¶ But Ieroboam caused an ambushment to compasse and come behinde them whē they were before Iudah and the ambushement behinde them 14 Then Iudah loked and beholde the battel was before and behinde them and they cryed vnto the Lorde and the Priests blewe with the trumpets 15 And the men of Iudah gaue a shoute and euen as the men of Iudah shouted GOD smote Ieroboam and also Israél before Abiiah and Iudah 16 And the children of Israél fled before Iudah and God 〈◊〉 thē into their hand 17 And Abiiah and hys people slewe a greate slaughter of them so that there fell downe wounded of Israél fiue hundreth thousand chosen men 18 So the children of Israél were broght vnder at that tyme and the children of Iudah preuailed because they stayed vpon the Lord God of their fathers 19 And Abiiah pursued after Ieroboam and toke cities from him euen Bethél and the villages thereof and Ieshanah with her villages and Ephron with her villages 20 And Ieroboam recouered no strength againe in the dayes of Abiiah but the Lorde plaged him and he dyed 21 So Abiaah waxed mightie ' and maried four tene wiues and begate two and twentie sonnes and sixtene daughters 22 The rest of the actes of Abiiah and his maners and hys sayings are writen in the storie of the Prophet Iddo CHAP. XIIII 3 Asa destroieth idolatrie and commandeth his people to serue the true God 11 He prayeth vnto God when he shulde go to fight 12 He 〈◊〉 the victorie 1 SO * Abiiah slept with his fathers and they buryed hym in the citie of Dauid and Asá hys sonne reygned in hys steade in whose dayes the land was quiet ten yere 2 And Asá did that was good and ryght in the eyes of the Lord his God 3 For he toke awaye thē altars of the strange gods and the hie places and brake downe the images and cut downe the groues 4 〈◊〉 commaunded Iudah to seke the Lorde God of their fathers and to do accordyng to the Lawe and the commandement 5 And he toke away out of all the cities of Iudah the places and the images therfore the kingdome was quiet before him 6 He buylt also strong cities in Iudah because the land was in rest and he had no warre in those yeres for the LORDE had gyuen hym rest 7 Therfore he said to Iudah Let vs buyld these cities and make walles about and to wres ga tes and barres whiles the land is before vs because we haue soght the Lorde our God we haue soght him and he hath giuen vs rest on euerie side so they buylt and prospered 8 And Asá had an armie of Iudah that bare shields and speares thre hundreth thousand and of Beniamin that bare shields and drewe bowes two hundreth and foure score thou sand all these were valiant men 9 ¶ And there came out againste then Zérah of Ethiopia with an hoste often hundreth thousand and thre hundreth charets and came vnto Maresháh 10 Then Asa went out before hym and they set the battel in aray in the valley of Zephathah beside Mareshah 11 And Asa * cryed vnto the Lord his God and said Lord it is nothing with thee to helpe with many or with no power helpe vs ô Lorde our God for we rest on thee and in thy Name are we come against this multitude ô Lord thou art our God let not mā pre uaile against thee 12 ¶ So the Lorde smotethe Ethiopians before Asá and before Iudáh and the Ethiopians 〈◊〉 13 And Asá and the people that was with him pursued them vnto Gezár And the Ethiopians host was ouerthrowen so that there was no life in them for they were destroyed before the Lorde and besore his hoste and they caryed away a mighty great spoile 14 And they smote all the cities rounde about 〈◊〉 for the feare of the Lord came vpon them ād they spoiled all the cities for there was exceding muche spoile in them 15 Yea and they smote the tents of cattel and caryed away plentie of shepe and camels ād returned to Ierusalém CHAP. XV. 1 The exhortation of Azariah 8 Asa purgeth his countrey 〈◊〉 11 He 〈◊〉 with the people 14 The sweare together to 〈◊〉 the Lord. 16 He deposeth hys mother for her idolauie 1 THen the Spirit of God came vpon Azariah the sonne of Obéd 2 And he went out to mete 〈◊〉 and said vnto hym O Asa and all Iudáh and Beniamin heare ye me The Lorde is with you while ye be with him and if ye seke hym he wil be founde of you but if ye forsake him he will forsake you 3 Nowe for a long season Israél hathe bene without the true God and without Priest to teache and without Lawe 4 But whosoeuer returned in his affliction to the Lorde God of Israél and soght him he was founde of them 5 And in that time there was no peace to him that did go out and go in but great troubles were to all the inhabitants
smite him in his seuen streames ād cause men to walke therein with shoes 16 And there shal be a path to the remnant of his people whiche are left of Asshur like as it was vnto Israél in the day that he came vp out of the land of Egypt CHAP. XII A thankesgiuing of the faithful for the mercies of God 1 ANd thou shalt say in that day O Lord I wil prayse thee thogh thou wast angrie with me thy wrath is turned away and thou comfortest me 2 Beholde God is my saluacion I wil trust and wil not feare for the Lord God is * my strength and song he also is become my saluacion 3 Therfore with ioy shalye drawe waters out of the welles of saluacion 4 And ye shal say in that day Praise the Lord call vpon hys Name 〈◊〉 hys workes among the people make mention of them for his Name ix exalted 5 Sing vnto the Lord for he hathe done excellent things this is knowen in all the worlde 6 Crye out and shoute ô in habitant of Zion for greate is the holy one of Israél in the middes of thee CHAP. XIII The Medes and Persians shal destroye Babylon 1 THe burden of Babél whiche Isaiah the sonne of Amóz did se. 2 Lift vp a standard vpon the hie mountaine lifte vp the voyce vnto them wagge the hand that they may go into the gates of the nobles 3 I haue commanded them that I haue sancti fied and I haue called the myghtie to my wrath ād thē that reioyce in my glorie 4 The noyse of a multitude is in the mountaines like a great people a tumultuous voy ce of the kyngdomes of the nacions gathered together the Lorde of hostes nombreth the hoste of the battel 5 They come frome a farre countrey frome the end of the heauen euen the Lord with the weapons of hys wrath to destroye the whole land 6 Howle you for the daye of the Lord is at hande it shall come as a destroyer from the Almightie 7 Therefore shal all hands be weakened and all mans hearts shal melt 8 And they shal be afrayed anguish and sorow shal take them and they shal haue peine as a woman that trauaileth euerie one shal be amased at his neighbour and their faces shal be like flames of fyre 9 Beholde the daye of the Lorde cometh cruel with wrath and fierce angre to lay the land waste and he shall destroy the sinners out of it 10 For the starres of heauen and the planets thereof shal not giue their lyght the sunne shal be darkened in his going for the and the moone shal not cause her light to shine 11 And I will visite the wickednes vpon the worlde and their iniquitie vpon the wicked and I wil cause the arrogācie of the proude to cease and 〈◊〉 caste downe the pryde of tyrants 12 I will make a man more precious then fine golde euen a man aboue the wedge of gold of Ophir 13 Therfore I wil shake the heauen and the earth shall remoue out of her place in the wrath of the Lorde of hostes and in the day of his fierce angre 14 And it shal be as a chased doe and as a shepe that no man taketh vp euerie man shal turne to his owne people and flee eche one to his owne land 15 Euerie one that is founde shal be striken through and who soeuer ioyneth hym selfe shal fall by the sworde 16 * Their children also shal be broken in pie ces before their eyes their houses shal be spoiled and their wiues rauished 17 Beholde I will stirre vp the Medes against them whiche shall not regarde siluer nor be desirous of golde 18 With bowes also shal they destroye the chil dren and shal haue no compassion vpon the frute of the wombe and their eyes shal not spare the children 19 And Babél the glorie of kingdome the beau tie and pride of the Chaldeās shal be as the destructiō of God * in Sodome Gomorah 20 It shall not be inhabited for euer nether shal it be dwelled in from generacion to generacion nether shall the Arabian pitche his tentsthere nether shal the shepherdes make their foldes there 21 But Ziim shallodge there and their houses shal be ful of Ohim Ostriches shall dwell there and the Satyrs shall dance there 22 And 〈◊〉 shall crye in their palaces and dra gons in their pleasant palaces and the time there of is readie to come and the dayes ther of shal not be prolonged CHAP. XIIII 1 The returne of the people from captiuitie 4 The derision of the King of Babylon 11 The death of the Kyng 29 The destruction of the Philistims 1 FOr the Lord wil haue compassion of Iaa kob and wil yet chuse Israél and cause them to rest in their owne land and the stran ger shal ioyne him self vnto them and they shal cleaue to the house of 〈◊〉 2 And the people shall receiue thē and bryng them to their owne place and the house of Israél shall possesse them in the lande of the Lord for seruants and handmaids and they shal take thē prisoners whose captiues they were and haue rule ouer their oppressors 3 ¶ And in that day when the Lord shall giue thee rest from thy sorowe and 〈◊〉 thy feare and from the sore bondage wherein thou didest serue 4 Then shalt thou take vp thys prouerbe against the King of Babél and say How hath the oppressor ceased and the golde thirstie Babél rested 5 The Lord hathe broken the rod of the wicked and the sceptre of the rulers 6 Which smote the people in angrie with a cō tinual plague ād ruled the natiōs in wrath if anie were persecuted he did not let 7 The whole worlde is at rest and is quiet they sing forioye 8 Also the fyrre trees reioyced of thee and the cedres of Lebanō saying since thou art laide downe no he wer came vp against vs. 9 Hell beneth is moued for thee to mete thee at thy commyng raysing vp the dead for thee euen all the princes of the earth and hathe raysed frome their thrones all the Kings of the nacions 10 All they shall crye and say vnto thee Art thou become weake also as we art thou become like vnto vs 11 Thy pompe is broght downe to the graue and the sounde of thy violes the worme is spread vnder thee and the wormes couer thee 12 How art thou fallen from heauen ô Lucifer sonne of the morning cut downe to the grounde which didest cast lottes vpon the nations 13 Yet thou saidest in thine heart I wil ascend into heauen and exalt my throne aboue beside the starres of God I wil sit also vpon the mount of the Congregation in the sides of the North. 14 I wil ascend aboue the height of the cloudes and
of the citie of Dauid for they were manie and ye gathered the waters of the lower poole 10 And ye nombred the houses of Ierusalē and the houses haue ye broken downe to fortifie the wall 11 And haue also made a ditch betwene the two walles for the waters of the olde poole and haue not loked vnto the maker there of nether had respect vnto him that formed it of olde 12 And in that day did the Lord God of hostes call vnto weping mourning to baldnes and girding with sacke cloth 13 And beholde ioye and gladnes slaying oxen and killing shepe eating flesh and drinking wine eating and drinking forto morowe we shal dye 14 And it was declared in the eares of the Lord of hostes Surely this iniquitie shal not be purged from you til ye dye saith the LORD God of hostes 15 Thus saith the Lord God of hostes Go get thee to that treasurer to Shebná the steward of the house say 16 What hast thou to do here and whome hast thou here that thou shuldest here hew thee out a sepulchre as he that he weth out his se pulchre in an hie place or that graueth an ha bitacion for him self in a rocke 17 Beholde the Lord wil carye thee awaye with a great captiuitie and wil surely couer thee 18 He wil surely rolle turne thee like a ball in a large countrey there shalt thou dye and there the charets of thy glorie shal be the shame of thy lords house 19 And I wil dryue thee from thy station and out of thy dwelling wil he destroy thee 20 And in that day wil I call my seruant Eliakim the sonne of Hilkiáh 21 And with thy garments wil I clothe him with thy girdle wil I strengthen him thy power also wil I commit into his hand he shal be a father of the inhabitants of Ierusalém and of the house of Iudáh 22 And the keye of the house of Dauid wil I laye vpon his shoulder so he shal open no man shal shut and he shal shut and no man shal open 23 And I'wil fasten him as a naile in a sure place and he shal be for the throne of glorie to his fathers house 24 And thei shal hang vpon him all the glorie of his fathers house euen of the nephewes and posteritie all smalevessels from the vessels of the cuppes euen to all the instrumēts of musike 25 In that daie saith the Lord of hostes shal the naile that is fastened in the sure place departe and shal be broken and fall and the burdē that was vpon it shal be cut of for the Lord hathe spoken it CHAP. XXIII 1 A prophecie against Tyrus 17 A promise that it shal be restored 1 THe burden of Tyrus Howle ye shippes of 〈◊〉 for it is destroied so that there is none house none shal come from the land of Chittim it is reueiled vnto them 2 Be stil ye that dwell in the 〈◊〉 the marchāts of Zidon and such as passe ouer the sea haue replenished thee 3 The sede of Nilus growing by the abundance of waters and the haruest of the riuer was herreuenues and she was a marte of the nations 4 Be ashamed thou Zidôn for the sea hathe spoken euen the strength of the sea saying I haue not trauailed nor broght for the chil dren nether nourished yōgmen nor broght vp virgins 5 When the fame commeth to the Egyptians they shal be sorie concerning the rumor of Tyrus 6 Go you ouer to Tarshish howle ye that dwell in the yles 7 Is not this that your glorious citie her anti quitie is of 〈◊〉 daies her owne fete shal lead her a farre of to be a soiourner 8 Who hathe decreed this against Tyrus that crowneth men whose marchants are princes whose chapmen are the nobles of the worlde 9 The Lord of hostes hathe decreed this to staine the pride of all glorie and to bring to contempt all them that be glorious in the earth 10 Passe through thy land like a flood to the daughter of Tarshish there is no more strength 11 He stretched out his hand vpon the sea he shoke the kingdomes the Lord hathe giuen a commandement concerning the place of marchandise to destroye the power thereof 12 And he said Thou shalt no more reioyce when thou art oppressed ô virgin daughter of Zidón rise vp go ouer vnto Chittim yet there thou shalt haue no rest 13 Beholde the land of the Chaldeans this was no people Asshúr founded it by the in hahabitants of the wildernes they set vp the towres thereof they raised the palaces there of he broght it to ruine 14 Howle ye shippes of Tarshish for your strength is destroyed 15 And in that daye shal Tyrus be forgotten se uentie yeres according to the yeres of one King at the end of seuétie yeres shal Tyrus sing as an harlot 16 Take an harpe go about the citie thou harlot that hast bene forgotten make swe te melodie sing mo songs that thou maiest be remembred 17 And at the end of seuentie yeres shal the Lord visite Tyrus and she shal returne to her wages and shal commit fornication with all the kingdomes 〈◊〉 the earth that are in the worlde 18 Yet her occupying and her wages shal be holie vnto the Lord it shal not be layed vp nor kept in store but her marchādise shal be for them that dwell before the Lord to eat sufficiently and to haue durable clothing CHAP. XXIIII A prophecie of the curse of God for the sinnes of the people 13 A remnant 〈◊〉 shal praise the Lord. 1 BEholde the Lord maketh the earth emptie and he maketh it waste he turneth it vpside downe scattereth abroad the inha bitants thereof 2 And there shal be like people like Priest like seruant like master like maide like mai straisse like byer like seller like lender 〈◊〉 borrower like giuer like taker to 〈◊〉 3 The earth shal be cleane emptied and vtterly spoyled for the Lord hathe spoken 〈◊〉 worde 4 The earth lamenteth and fadeth away 〈◊〉 worlde is febled decayed the proude peo ple of earth are weakened 5 The earth also deceiueth because 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in habitants thereof for 〈◊〉 transgressed the lawes they changed the ordinances and brake the euerlasting couenant 6 Therefore hathe the curse 〈◊〉 the earth and the inhabitants thereof are desola te Wherefore the inhabitants of the lād are burned vp and fewe men are left 7 The wine faileth the vine hathe no might all that were of mery heart do mourne 8 The mirth of tabrets ceaseth the noise of them that reioyce endeth the ioye of the harpe ceaseth 9 They shal not drinke wine with mirth strong drinke shal be bitter to them that drinke it 10 The
and vpon the faire places of the wildernes a mourning be cause they are burnt vp so that none can passe through them nether can men heare the voyce of the flocke bothe the foule of the aire and the beast are fled away and gone 11 And I wil make Ierusalém an heape and a den of dragons and I wil make the cities of Iudah waste without an inhabitant 12 Who is wise to vnderstand this and to whome the mouth of the Lord hathe spoken euen he shal declare it Why doeth the land perish and is burnt vp like a wildernes that none passeth through 13 And the Lord saith Because they haue forsaken my Law which I set before them haue not obeied my voice nether walked there after 14 But haue walked after the stubbernes of their owne heart and after Baalims which their fathers taught them 15 Therefore thus saith the Lord of hostes the God of Israél Beholde I wil fede this people with worme wodde and giue them waters of gall to drinke 16 I wil scatre them also among the heathen whome nether they nor their fathers haue knowen and I wil send a sworde after thē til I haue consumed them 17 Thus saith the Lord of hostes Take hede and call for the mourning women that thei may come and send for skilful women that thei may come 18 And let thē make haste let thē take vp a lamētatiō for vs that our eyes may cast out teares our eye liddes gush out of water 19 For a lamentable noyse is heard out of Zión How are we destroyed and vtterly confounded for we haue for saken the lād and our dwellings haue cast vs out 20 Therefore heare the worde of the Lord ô ye women and let your eares regarde the wordes of his mouth and teache your daughters to mourne and euerie one her neighhour to lament 21 For death is come vp into our windowes is entred into our palaces to destroye the children without and the yong men in the stretes 22 Speake thus saith the Lord The carkeises of men shal lie euen as the dung ' vpon the field and as the handful after the mower and none shal gather them 23 Thus saith the Lord Let not the wise man glorie in his wisdome nor the strong man glorie in his strength nether the riche man glorie in his riches 24 But let him that glorieth glorie in this that he vnderstandeth and knoweth me for I am the Lord which shewe mercie iudgement and righteousnes in the earth for in these things Idelite saith the Lord. 25 Beholde the dayes come saith the LORD that I wil visit all them which are circumcised with the vn circumcised 26 Egypt and Iudáh and Edóm and the chil dren of Ammón and Moáb and all the vtmost corners of them that dwell in the wildernes for all these nations are vncir cumcised and all the house of Israél are vncircumcised in the heart CHAP. X. 2 The constellacions of the stares are not to be feared 5 The weaknes of idoles of the power of God 21. Their pastours are become brute beastes 1 HEare ye the worde of the Lord that he speaketh vnto you ô house of Israél 2 Thus saith the Lord Learne not the way of the heathen and be not afraide for the signes of heauen thogh the heathen be afraide of suche 3 For the customes of the people are vaine for one cutteth a tre out of the forest which is the worke of the hands of the carpenter with the axe 4 And another decketh it with siluer and with golde they fasten it with nailes and hammers that it fall not 5 The idoles stand vp as the palme tre but speake not they are borne because they can not go feare thē not for they can not do euil nether can they do good 6 There is none like vnto thee ô Lord thou art great and thy Name is great in power 7 Who wolde not feare thee ô King of nations for to thee apperteineth the dominion for amōg all the wise men of the Gétiles and in all their kingdomes there is none like thee 8 But altogether thei 〈◊〉 and are foolish for the stocke is a doctrine of vanitie 9 Siluer plates are broght from Tarshish golde from Vpház for the worke of the workeman and the hands of the founder the blewesilke and the purple is their clothing all these things are made by cunning men 10 But the Lord is the God of trueth he is the liuing God and an euerlasting King at his angre the earth shal tremble and the nations can not abide his wrath 11 Thus shal you say vnto them The gods that haue not made the heauens and the earth shal perish from the earth and from vnder these heauens 12 He hathe made the earth by his power and established the worlde by his wisdome and hathe stretched out the heauen by his discretion 13 He giueth by his voyce the multitude of waters in the heauen and he causeth the cloudes to ascend frō the ends of the earth he turneth lightnings to raine and bringeth forthe the winde out of his treasures 14 Euerie man is a beast by his owne know ledge euerie founder is confoūded by the grauen image for his melting is but falsehode and there is no breth therein 15 They are vanitie the worke of errours in the time of their visitation they shal pe rish 16 The portion of Iaakōb is not like them for he is the maker of all things and Israél is the rod of his inheritance the Lord of hostes is his Name 17 ¶ Gather vp thy wares out of the land ō thou that dwellest in the strong place 18 For thus saith the Lord Beholde at this time I wil throwe as with a sling the in habitants of the land and wil trouble them and they shal finde it so 19 Wo is me for my destruction and my grieuous plague but I thoght Yet it is my 〈◊〉 rowe and I wil beare it 20 My tabernacle is destroyed and all my coards are broken my children are gone from hie are not there is none to spread out my tentany more and to set vp my courtaines 21 For the pastors are become beastes and haue not soght the Lord therfore haue thei none vnderstanding and all the flockes of their pastures are scatered 22 Beholde the noise of the brute is come a greate commotion out of the North countrey to make the cities of Iudáh desolate and a denne of dragons 23 O Lord I knowe that the way of man is not in him self nether is it in māto walke and to direct his steps 24 O Lord correct me but with iudgement not in thine angre lest thou bring me to nothing 25 Power out thy wrath vpon the heathen that knowe thee not and vpon the families that call not on thy Name for
be quenched and euerie face from the South to the North shal be burnt therein 48 And all flesh shal se that I the Lord haue kin dled it and it shal not be quenched Then said I Ah Lord God thei say of me Doeth not he speake parables CHAP. XXI 3 He threatneth the sworde and destruction to Ierusalém 25 He sheweth the fall of King Zedekiáh 18 He is commanded to prophecie the destruction of the children of Ammon 30 The Lord threatneth to destroye Nebuchad 〈◊〉 1 THe worde of the Lord came to me againe saying 2 Sonne of man set thy face towarde Ierusalé droppe thy worde toward the holy places prophecie against the land of Israél 3 And say to the land of Israél Thus saith the Lord Beholde I come against thee and wil drawe my sworde out of his sheath and cut of from thee bothe the righteous and the wicked 4 Seing thē that I wil cut of frō thee bothe the righteous and wicked therefore shal my sworde go out of his sheath against all flesh from the South to the North. 5 That all flesh may knowe that I the Lord ha ue drawen my sworde 〈◊〉 of his sheath it shal not returne anie more 6 Mourne therefore thou sonne of man as in the paine of thy reines and mourne bit terly before them 7 And if they say vnto thee Wherefore mour nest thou then answer Because of the bru te for it cometh and euerie heart shal melt and all hands shal be weake and all mindes shal faint and all knees shal fall away as water beholde it cometh and shal be done saith the Lord God 8 ¶ Againe the worde of the Lord came vnto me saying 9 Sonne of man prophecie and say Thus saith the Lord God say Asworde asworde bothe sharpe and fourbished 10 It is sharpened to make a sore slaughter it is fourbished that it may glitter how shal we reioyce for it contemneth the rod of my sonne as all other trees 11 And he hathe giuen it to be fourbished that he may handle it this sworde is sharpe and is fourb̄ished that he may giue it into the hand of the slayer 12 Crye and houle sonne of man for this shal come to my people and it shal come vnto all the princes of Israél the terrours of the sworde shalbevpon my people smite there fore vpon thy thigh 13 For it is a tryal and what shal this be if the sworde contemne euen the rod It shal be no more saith the Lord God 14 Thou therefore sonne of man prophecie and smite hand to hand and 〈◊〉 the sworde be doubled let the sworde that hathe killed returne the thirde time it is the sworde of the great slaughter entring into their 〈◊〉 chambers 15 I haue broght the feare of the sworde into all their gates to make their heart to faint and to multiplie their 〈◊〉 Ah it is made bright it is dressed for the slaughter 16 Get the alone go to the right hand or get thy self to the left hand whether soeuer thy face turneth 17 I wil also smite mine hands together and wil cause my wrath to cease I the Lord haue said it 18 ¶ The worde of the Lord came vnto me againe saying 19 Also thou sonne of man appoint thee two wayes that the sworde of the King of Babél may come bothe twaine shal come out of one land and chuse a place and chuse it in the corner of the way of the citie 20 Apoint a way that the sworde may come to Rabbáth of the 〈◊〉 and to Iudáh in Ierusalém the strong citie 21 And the King of Babél stode at the parting of the way at the head of the two wayes consulting by diuination and made his arrowes bright he consulted with idoles and loked in the liuer 22 At his right hand was the diuination for Ierusalém to appoint captaines to opē their mouthe in the slaughter and to lift vp their voyce with shouting to lay engines ofwarre against the gates to cast a mount and to buyld a fortres 23 And it shal be vnto them as a false diuination in their sight for the othes made vnto them but he wil call to remēbrance their iniquitie to the intent they shulde be takē 24 Therefore thus saith the Lord God Because ye haue made your iniquitie to be remembred in discouering your rebellion that in all your workes your sinnes might appeare because I say that ye are come to remembrance ye shal be taken with the hand 25 And thou prince of Israél polluted and wicked whose day is come when iniquitie shal 〈◊〉 an end 26 Thus saith the Lord God I wil take away the diademe and take of the crowne this shal be no more the same I wil exalt the humble and wil a base him that is hie 27 I wil ouerturne ouerturne ouerturne it and it shal be no more vntil he come whose right it is and I wil giue it him 28 ¶ And thou sonne of man prophecie and say Thus saith the Lord God to the children of Ammón and to their blasphemie say thou I say The sworde the sworde is drawen forthe and fourbished to the slaughter to con sume because of the glittering 29 Whiles they se vanitie vnto thee and prophecied a lye vnto thee to bring thee vpon the neckes of the wicked that are slaine whose day is come when their iniquitie shal haue an end 30 Shal I cause it to returne into his sheath I wil iudge thee in the place where thouwast created euen in the land of thine habitation 31 And I wil powre out mine indignacion vpō thee and wil blowe against thee in the fyre of my wrath and deliuer thee into the hand of beastlie men and skilful to destroy 32 Thou shalt be in the fyre to be deuoured thy blood shal be in the middes of the land and thou shalt be no more remembred for I the Lord haue spoken it CHAP. XXII 1 Ierusalém is reproued for crueltie 25 Of the wicked do ctrine of the false prophets and priests and of their vnsaciable couetousnes 27 The tyrannie of rulers 29 The wickednes of the people 1 MOreouer the worde of the Lord came vnto me saying 2 Now thou sonne of man wilt thou iudge wilt thou iudge this bloody citie wilt thou she we her all her abominacions 3 Then say Thus saith the Lord God The citie sheddeth blood in the middes of it that her time maye come and maketh idoles against her self to pollute her self 4 Thou hast offended in thy blood that thou hast shed and hast polluted thy self in thine idoles which thou hast made and thou hast caused thy dayes to drawe nere and art come vnto thy terme therfore haue I made thee a reproche to the heathen and a mocking to all countreys 5 Those that be nere those that be farre frō
it because they shut the whole captiuitie in Edom and haue not remembred the brotherlie couenant 10 Therefore wil I send a fyre vpon the walles of Tyrus and it shall deuoure the palaces thereof 11 ¶ Thus saith the Lord For thre transgressions of Edom and for foure I wil not turne to it because he did pursue his brother with the sworde and did cast of all pitie and his angre spoiled him cuermore and his wrath watched him alway 12 Therfore will send a fyre vpon Temán and it shal deuoure the palaces of Bozráh 13 ¶ Thus saith the Lord For thre transgressions of the childrē of Ammon and for foure I will not turne to it because they haue ript vp the women with childe of Gileád that they might enlarge their border 14 Therefore wil I kindle a fyre in the wall of Rabbah ād it shal deuoure the palaces therof with shouting in the daye of battel and with atempest in the day of the whirlwinde 15 And their King shall go into captiuitie he and is princes together saith the Lord. CHAP. II. Against 〈◊〉 Iudah and Israél 1 THus saith the Lord For the transgressiós of Moáb and for foure I wil not turne to it because it burnt the bones of the King of Edōm into lime 2 Therefore wil I send a fyre vpon Moáb and it shal deuoure the palaces of Kerióth and Moáb shal dye withumult with shouting and with the sounde of a trumpet 3 And I wil cut of the Iudge out of the middes thereof and wil slaye all the princes thereof with him saith the Lord. 4 ¶ Thus saith the Lord For thre transgressiōs of Iudáh and for foure I wil not turne to it because they haue cast away the Law of the Lord haue not kept his commandements and their lies caused thē to erre after the whi che their fathers haue walked 5 Therefore wil I send a fyre vpon Iudáh and it shal deuoure the palaces of Ierusalém 6 ¶ Thus saith the Lord For thre transgressiōs of Israél and for foure I wil not turne to it because they solde the righteous for siluer the poore for shoes 7 Theigape ouer the head of the poore in the dust of the earth and 〈◊〉 the wayes of the meke and a man and his father wil go in to a maid to dishonour mine holie Name 8 And they lie downe vpō clothes laid to pled ge by euerie altar and they drinke the wine of the condemned in the house of their God 9 Yet destroyed I the Amorite before them whose height was like the height of the cedres and he was strong as the okes not with standing I destroyed his frute from aboue his roote from beneth 10 Also I broght you vp frō the land of Egypt and led you fourtie yeres thorow the wilder nes to possesse the land of the Amorite 11 And I raised vp of your sonnes for Prophetes and of your yong men for Nazarites Is it not euen thus ô ye children of Israél saith the Lord 12 But ye gaue the Nazarites wine to drinke commanded the Prophetes saying Prophecie not 13 Beholde I am pressed vnder you as a cart is pressed that is ful of sheaues 14 Therefore the flight shal perish from the swift and the strong shal not strenghten his force nether shal the mightie saue his life 15 Nor he that handleth the bowe shal staud and he that is swift of fote shal not escape nether shal he that rideth the horse saue his life 16 And he that is of mightie courage amōg the strong men shall flee away naked in that day saith the Lord. CHAP. III. He reproueth the house of Israél of ingratitude II For the which God wil punish them 1 HEare this worde that the Lord pronounceth against you ô children of Israél euen against the whole familie which I broght vp from the land of Egypt saying 2 You onely haue I knowē of all the families of the earth therefore I wil visite you for all your iniquities 3 Can two walke together except they be agreed 4 Wil a lion roare in the forest when he hathe no pray or wil a lions whelpe crye out of his denne if he haue taken nothing 5 Can a birde fall in a snare vpon the earth where no fouler is or wil he take vp the sna re from the earth and haue taken nothing at al 6 Or shal a trumpet be blowen in the citie the people be not afrayed or shal there be euil in a citie and the LORDE hathe not done it 7 Surely the Lord God wil do nothing but he reueileth his secret vnto his seruāts the Prophetes 8 The liō hathe roared who wil not be afrayed the Lord GOD hathe spoken who can but prophecie 9 Proclame in the palaces at Asshdōd and in the palaces in the land of Egypt and say Assemble your selues vpon the mountaines of Samaria so beholde the great tumultes in the middes thereof and the oppressed in the middes thereof 10 For they knowe not to do right saith the Lord they store vp violence and robberie in their palaces 11 Therefore thus saith the Lord God An aduersarie shal come euen rounde about the countrey and shal bring downe thy strength from thee and thy palaces shal be spoiled 12 Thus saith the Lord As the shepherd taketh out of the mouth of the lion two legges or a piece of an eare so shal the children of Israél be taken out that dwell in Samaria in the corner of a bed in Damascus as in a couche 13 Heare and testifie in the house of Iaakób saith the Lord God the God of hostes 14 Surely in the day that I shal visite the trans gressions of Israél vpon him I wil also visit the altars of Beth-él and the hornes of the altar shal be broken of 〈◊〉 to the grounde 15 And I wil smite the winter house with the sommer house and the houses of yuorie shal perish the great houses shal be consumed saith the Lord. CHAP. IIII. Against the gouernours of Sam aria 1 HEare this worde ye kine of Bashán that are in the mountaine of Samaria which oppresse the poore and destroy the nedie and thei say to their masters Bring and let vs drinke 2 The Lord God hathe sworne by his holines that lo the dayes shal come vpon you that he wiltake you away with thornes your posteritie with fish hokes 3 And ye shal go out at the breaches euerie kowe forwarde and ye shal cast your selues out of the palace saith the Lord. 4 Come to Beth-él transgresse to Gilgál and multiplie transgression bring your sacrifices in the mourning and yourtithes af ter thre yeres 5 And offer a thankes giuing of leaué publish and proclame the fre offrings for this liketh you ô ye children of Israél saith
shal be the Lords IONAH THE ARGVMENT WHen Ionáh had long prophecied in 〈◊〉 and had litle profited God gaue him expresse charge to go and denoun ce his iudgemēts against Niniuéh the chief citie of the Assyrians because he had appointed that 〈◊〉 whiche were of the heathen shulde conuert by the mightie power of his worde and that within thre daies preaching that Israél might se how horribly thei had prouoked Gods wrath which for the space of so many yeres had not conuerted to the Lord for so many Prophetes and so diligent preaching He prophecied vnder Ioash and Ieroboam as 2. King 14. 25. CHAP. I. 3 Ionáh fled when he was sent to preache 4 A tempest ariseth and he is cast into the sea for his disobedience 1 THE worde of the Lord came also vnto Ionáh the sonne of Amittái saying 2 Arise and go to Niniuéh that great citie ād crye against it for their wickednes is comevp before me 3 But Ionáh rose vp to flee into Tarshish frō the presence of the Lord and went downe to Iaphó and he founde a ship going to Tarshish so he paied the fare thereof and went downe into it that he might go with them vnto Tarshish from the presence of the Lord. 4 But the Lord sent out a great winde into the sea and there was a mightie tempest in the sea so that the ship was like to be broken 5 Then the mariners were afraied and cryed euerie man vnto his god and cast the wares that were in the ship into the sea to lighten it of them but Ionáh was gone downe into the sides of the ship and he laie downe and was fast a slepe 6 So the shipmaster cameto him and said vnto him What meanest thou ô sleper A rise call vpō thy God if so be that God wil thin ke vpon vs that we perish not 7 And thei said euerie one to his felowe Come and let vs cast lottes that we maie knowe for whose cause this euil is vpon vs. So thei cast lots and the lot fel vpon Ionáh 8 Then said thei vnto him Tel vs for whose cause this euil is vpon vs what is thine occu pacion and whence comest thou which is thy countrei and of what people art thou 9 And he answered them I am an Ebrew and I feare the Lord God of heauen which hath made the sea and the drye land 10 Then were the men excedingly afraid and said vnto him Why hast thou done this for the men knewe that he fled from the presence of the Lord because he had tolde them 11 Then said thei vnto him What shal we do vnto thee that the sea maie be calme vntovs for the sea wroght and was troublous 12 And he said vnto them Take me and cast me into the sea so shal the sea be calme vnto you for I knowe that for my sake this great tempest is vpon you 13 Neuertheles the men rowed to bring it to the land but thei colde not for the sea wroght and was troublous against them 14 Wherefore thei cryed vnto the Lord and said We beseche thee ô Lord we beseche thee let vs not perish for this mans life and laie not vpon vs innocent blood for thou ô Lord hast done as it pleased thee 15 So thei toke vp Ionáh and cast him into the sea and the sea ceased from her raging 16 Then the men feared the Lord excedingly and offred a sacrifice vnto the Lord and made vowes 17 Now the Lord had prepared a great fish to swalowe vp Ionáh and Ionáh was in the belly of the fish thre daies thre nights CHAP II. Ionáh is in the fish bely 3 His prayer 11 He is deliuered 1 THen Ionáh praied vnto the Lord his God out of the fishes belly 2 And said I cryed in mine affliction vnto the Lord he hearde me out of the belly of hel cryed I and thou heardest my voice 3 For thou haddest cast me into the bottome in the middes of the sea and the floods compassed me about all thy surges and all thy waues passed ouer me 4 Then I said I am cast awaie out of thy sight yet wil I 〈◊〉 againe towarde thine holy Temple 5 The waters 〈◊〉 passed me about vnto the soule the 〈◊〉 closed me rounde about the wedes were wrapt about mine head 6 I went downe to the bottome of the moun taines the earth with her barres was about me for euer yet hast thou broght vp my life from the pit ô Lord my God 7 When my soule fainted within me I remem bred the Lord and my praier camevnto thee into thine holy Temple 8 Thei that waite vpon lying vanities forsake their owne mercie 9 But I wil sacrifice vnto thee with the voice of thankesgiuing and wil paie that that I haue vowed saluacion is of the Lord. 10 And the Lord spake vnto the fish and it cast out Ionáh vpon the drye land CHAP. III. Ionáh is sent againe to Nineuéh 5 The repentance of the King of 〈◊〉 1 ANd the worde of the Lord came vnto Ionáh the seconde time saying 2 Arise go vnto Nineuéh that great citie and preache vnto it the preaching which I bid thee 3 So Ionáh arose and went to Nineuéh according to the worde of the Lord now Nineuéh was a great excellent citie of thre daies iourney 4 And Ionáh began to entre into the citie a daies iourney and he cryed and said Yet fortie daies Nineuéh shal be ouerthrowē 5 So the people of Nineuéh beleued God and proclaimed a fast and put on sackecloth from the greatest of them euen to the least of them 6 For worde came vnto the King of Nineuéh and he rose from his throne ād he laied his robe from him and couered him with sac ke cloth and sate in asshes 7 And he proclaimed and said through Nineuéh by the counsel of the King and his no bles saying Let nether man nor beast bul locke nor shepe tast any thing nether fede nor drinke water 8 But let man and beast put on sacke cloth and crye mightely vnto God yea let euerie man turne from his euil waie and from the wickednes that is in their hands 9 Who can tel if God wil turne and repent and turne awaie from his fierce wrath that we perish not 10 And God sawe their workes that thei turned from their euil wayes and God repēted of the euil that he had said that he wolde do vnto them and he did it not CHAP. IIII. The great goodnes of God toward his creatures 1 THerefore it displeased Ionáh excedingly and he was angrie 2 And he praid vnto the Lord and said I praie thee ô Lord was not this my saying when I was yet in my countrey therefore I preuented it to flee vnto Tarshish for I knew that thou art a gracious God and
mountaine whiche is at the left hand of the vpper Cilicia 22 Then he toke all hys armie hys 〈◊〉 and horsemen and charets and went from thence into the mountaines 23 And he destroied Phud and Lud and spoyled all the children of Rasses and the children of Ismael which were towarde the wil dernes at the South of the Chelians 24 Thē he went ouer Euphrates and went through Mesopotamia destroied all the hie cities that were vpon the riuer of Arbo nai vntil one come to the sea 25 And he toke the borders of Cilicia and de stroied all that resisted him and came to the borders of Iaphet which were towarde the South and ouer against Arabia 26 He compassed also all the children of Madian and burnt vp their tabernacles and spoyled their lodges 27 Then he went downe into the countrey of Damascus in the time of wheat haruest burnt vp all their fields and destroied their flockes and the herds he robbed their cities and spoyled their countrey smote all their yong men with the edge of the sworde 28 Therefore feare and trembling fel vpon all the inhabitants of the sea coast which were in Sidon and Tyrus and them that dwelt in Sur and Ocina and all that dwelt in Iemna an and they that dwelt in Azotus and Ascalon feared him greatly CHAP. III. The people subiect to Olofernes 8 He destroied their gods that Nabuchodonosor might onely be worshipped 1 SO they sent ambassadours to him with message of peace saying 2 Beholde we are the seruantes of Nabucho donosor the great King we lie downe before thee vse vs as shal be good in thy sight 3 Beholde our houses and all our places and all our fields of wheat and our flockes our herdes and all our lodges and tabernacles lie before thy face vse thē as it pleaseth thee 4 Beholde euen our cities and the inhabitants thereof are thy seruants come and take them as semeth good to thee 5 ¶ So the men came to Olofernes and decla red vnto them after this maner 6 Then came he downe toward the sea coast bothe he and his armie and set garisons in the hie cities and toke out of them chosen men of the warre 7 So they and all the coūtrey rounde about receiued them with crownes with dances and with timbrels 8 Yet he brake downe all their borders and cut downe their woods for it was enioyned him to destroy all the gods of the land that all nacions shulde worshippe Nabuchodo nosor onely and that all tongues and tribes shulde call vpon him as God 9 Also he came against Esdraelon nere vnto Iudea ouer against the great strait of Iudea 10 And he pitched betwene 〈◊〉 and a citie of the Scythians and there he taried a moneth that he might assembie all the bagga ge of his armie CHAP. IIII. The Israelites were afraied and defended their countrey 6 Ioacim the Priest writeth to Bethulia that they shuld for 〈◊〉 them selues 9 They 〈◊〉 to the Lord and humbled them selues before him 1 NOw the children of Israél that dwelt in Iudea heard all that Olofernes the chief captaine of Nabuchodonosor King of the Assyrians had done to the nacions how he had spoiled all their temples and broght them to noght 2 Therefore they feared greatly his presence and were troubled for Ierusalém and for the Temple of the Lord their God 3 For they were newly returned from the captiuitie and of late all the people was as sembled in Iudea and the vessels and the al tar of the House had bene sanctified because of the pollution 4 Therefore they sent into all the coastes of Samaria and the villages and to Bethoro and Belmen and Iericho and to Choba Esora and to the valley of Salém 5 And toke all the toppes of the hie mountaines and walled the villages that were in them and put in vitailes for the prouision of warres for their fields were of late reaped 6 Also Ioacim the hie Priest which was in tho se 〈◊〉 in Ierusalém wrote to them that dwelt in Bethulia and Betomestham which is ouer against 〈◊〉 towarde the opē countrey nere to Dothaim 7 Exhorting them to kepe the passages of the mountaines for by them there was an entrie into Iudea and it was easie to let thē that wolde come vp because the passage was streit for two men at the moste 8 And the children of Israel did as Ioacim the hie Priest had commanded them with the Anciēts of all the people of Israél which dwelt at Ierusalém 9 Then cryed euerie man of Israél to God with great feruencie and their soules with great affection 10 Bothe they and their wiues and their children and their cattel and euerie stranger hireling and their boght seruants put sackecloth vpon their loynes 11 Thus euerie man and woman and the children and the inhabitants of Ierusalém fell before the Temple and sprinkled 〈◊〉 vp on their heades and spred out their sackecloth before the face of the Lord also they put sackecloth about the altar 12 And cryed to the God of Israel all with one consent moste earnestly that he wolde not giue their children for a pray and their wiues for a spoyle and the cities of their inheritance to destruction the Sanctuarie to 〈◊〉 and reproche and vnto derision to the heathen 13 So God heard their prayers and loked vpon their affliction for the people fasted many daies in all Iudea and Ierusalém before the Sanctuarie of the Lord almightie 14 And Ioacim the Priest and all the Priests that stode before the Lord and ministred vnto the Lord had their loynes girt with sackecloth and offred the cōtinual burnt offring with praiers and the fre giftes of the people 15 And had ashes on their mytres and cryed vnto the Lord with all their power for gra ce and that he wolde loke vpō all the hou se of Israél CHAP. V. Achior the Ammonite doeth declare to Olofernes of the maner of the Israelites 1 THen was it declared to Olofernes the chief captaine of the armie of Assur that the children of Israel had prepared for warre and had shut the passages of the mountaines and had walled all the toppes of the hie hilles and had laid impediments in the champion countrey 2 Where with he was very angrie and called all the princes of Moab and the captaines of Ammon and all the gouernours of the sea coast 3 And he said vnto them Shewe me ô ye son nes of Chanaan who is this people that dwelleth in the mountaines and what are the cities that they inhabite and what is the multitude of their armie and wherein is their strength and their power and what King or captaine is raised amōg them ouer their armie 4 And why haue they determined not to come to mete me more then all the inhabi tants of the West 5 ¶ Then * said Achior the captaine of all the sonnes of Ammon Let my lord heare the worde of the mouth of
that hathe pleasure in the gode and in driuing oxen and is occupied in their labours talketh but of the brede of bullockes 26 He giueth his minde to make forowes is diligent to giue the kine fodder 27 So is it of euerie carpēter and workemaster that laboreth night and daye and they that cut and graue seales and make sondrie diuersities and giue thē selues to contrefait imagerie and watche to performe the worke 28 The smithe in like maner abideth by hys anuil and doeth his diligence to labour the yron the vapour of the fyre dryeth hys fleshe and hemuste fight with the heat of the fornace the noyce of the hammer is euer in his eares and his eyes loke stil vpon the thing that he maketh he setteth his minde to make vp his workes therefore he watcheth to polish it perfitely 29 So doeth the potter sit by his worke he turneth the whele about with his fete he is careful alwaye at his worke and maketh his worke by nomber 30 He facioneth the claye with his arme and with his feete he tempereth the hardnes thereof his heart 〈◊〉 how to couer it with lead and his diligence is to clen se the ouen 31 All these hope in their hands and euerie one bestoweth his wisdome in his worke 32 Without these can not the cities be mainteined nor inhabited nor occupied 33 And yet they are not asked their iudgemēt in the coūsel of the people nether are thei hie in the congregacion nether sit they vpon the iudgement seates nor vnderstand the order of iustice they can not declare matters according to the forme of the Law they are not mete for hard matters 34 But thei mainteine the state of the worlde and their desire is concerning their worke and occupacion CHAP. XXXIX 1 A wise man 16 The workes of God 24 Vnto the good good things profite but vnto the euil euen good things are euil 1 HE one lie that applieth his minde to the Law of the moste High and is occupied in the meditacion thereof seketh out the wisdome of all the ancient ex erciseth him self in the prophecies 2 He kepeth the sayings of famous men entreth in also to the secrets of darke sen tences 3 He seketh out the my sterie of graue sentences and exerciseth him self in darke pa rables 4 He shal serue amōg great men and appeare before the prīce he shal traueil through strange countreis for he hathe tryed the good and the euil among men 5 He wil giue his heart to resorte early vnto the Lord that made him and to praye before the moste High and wil open his mouth in prayer and praie for his sinnes 6 When the great Lord wil he shal be filled with the Spirit of vnderstanding that he may powre out wise sentences and giue thankes vnto the Lord in his prayer 7 He shal direct his coūsel and knowledge so shal he meditate in his secrets 8 He shal shewe for the his science and lear ning and reioyce in the Law and couenant of the Lord. 9 Manie shal commend his vnderstanding and his memorie shal neuer be put out nor departe away but his name shal continue from generacion to generacion 10 * The congregacion shall declare his wisdome and shewe it 11 Thogh he be dead he shal leaue a greater same then a thousand and if he liue still he shal get the same 12 Yet wil I speake of mo things for I am ful as the moone 13 Hearken vnto me ye holy children and bring forthe frute as the rose that is planted by the brokes of the field 14 And giue ye a swete smell as incense and bring forth flowres as the lilie giue a smel and sing a song of praise blesse the Lord in all his workes 15 Giue honour vnto hys Name and shewe forthe his praise with the songs of your lippes and with harpes and ye shal say after this maner 16 * All the workes of the Lord are exceading good and all his commandemēts are done in due season 17 And none may say What is this wherfore is that for at time conuenient they shal all be soght out at his cōmandement the water stode as an heape and at the worde of his mouth the waters gathered thē selues 18 His whole fauour appeared by his commandement and none can diminishe that which he wil saue 19 The workes of all fleshe are before him and nothing can be hid from his eyes 20 He seeth from euerlasting to euerlasting and there is nothing wonderful vnto him 21 A man nede not to say What is this wherfore is that for he hath made all things for their owne vse 22 His blessing shal renne ouer as the streame and moisture the earth like a flood 23 As he hath turned the waters into saltnes so shal the heathen fele his wrath 24 As his waies are plaine and right vnto the iust so are they stumbling blockes to the wicked 25 ¶ For the good are good thinges created from the beginning and euill thinges for the sinners 26 * The principal thinges for the whole vse of mans life is water fyre and yron and salt and meale wheate and hony milke the blood of the grape and oyle and clothing 27 All these things are for good to the godlie but to the sinners they are turned vnto euil 28 There be spretes that are created for vēgeance whiche in their rigour laye on sure strokes in the time of destructiō thei shewe forthe their power and accomplishe the wrath of him that made them 29 Fyre and haile and famine and death all these are created for vengeance 30 The teeth of wilde beastes and the Scorpions and the serpents and the sword execute vengeance for the destruction of the wicked 31 They shal be glad to do his commandemēts and when nede is they shal be readie vpō earth and when their houre is come they shal not ouerpasse the commandement 32 Therefore haue I taken a good courage vnto me from the beginning and haue thoght on these things and haue put thē in writing 33 * All the workes of the Lord are good he giueth euerie one in due season whē nede is 34 So that a man nede not to say This is wor se then that for in due season they are all worthie praise 35 And therefore praise the Lord with whole heart and mouth and blesse the Name of the Lord. CHAP. XL. 1 Many miseries in mans life 14 Of the blessing of the righteous and prerogatiue of the feare of God 1 GReat trauail is created for all men an heauie yoke vpon the sonnes of Adam from the day that they go out of their mothers wombe til the day that theiretur ne to the mother of all things 2 Namely their thoghts and feare of the heart and their imaginacion of the things they waite for and the daye of death 3 〈◊〉 him that sitteth vpon the glorious throne vnto
dedicacion of the altar shulde be kept in their season from yere to yere by the space of eight daies from the fiue and twentie day of the moneth Chasleu with mirth and gladnes 60 And as the same time buylded they vp mount Sion with hie walles and strong towers rounde about lest the Gentiles shulde come and treade it downe as they had done afore 61 Therefore they set a garison there to kepe it and fortified Beth-sura to kepe it that the people might haue a defense against Idumea CHAP. V. 3 Iudas vanquished the heathen that go about to destroie Israel and is holpen of his brethren Simon and Iouathan 50 He ouerthroweth the citie of Ephron because they denyed him passage thorowe it 1 NOw when the nacions rounde about heard that the altar was buylded and the Sanctuarie renued as a fore they were sore grieued 2 Therefore they thoght to destroye thege neracion of Iacob that was among thē beganne to slaye and destroy the people 3 Then Iudas foght against the children of Esau in Idumea at Arrabathene because they besieged the Israelites and he smote them with a great plague and droue them to straites and toke their spoiles 4 He thoght also vpō the malice of the children of Bean which had bene a snare and an hinderance vnto the people when they laye in waite for them in the hie way 5 Wherefore he shut them vp in towers and besieged them and destroied them vtterly and burnt their towers with fyre with all that were in them 6 Afterward went he against the children of Ammō where he founde a mightie power and a great multitude with Timotheus their captaine 7 So he had 〈◊〉 battels with them but they were destroyed before him and so he discomfited them 8 And toke Gazer with the townes thereof and so turned againe into Iudea 9 ¶ Then the heathen that were in Galaad gathered them together against the Israelites that were in their quarters to slaye thē but thei fled to the castel of Dathemā 10 And sent letters to Iudas and to his brethren saying The heathen that are aboute vs are gathered against vs to destroye vs 11 And they make them readye for to come and to take the forte resse whereunto we are 〈◊〉 and Timotheus is captaine of their hoste 12 Come now therefore and deliuer vs out of their hands for manie of vs are slaine 13 And all our brethrē that were at Tubin are slaine and they haue taken away their wiues and their children and their goods destroyed there almoste a thousand men 14 While these letters were yet a reading beholde there came other messengers frome Galile with their clothes rent which tolde the same tidings 15 And said that they of Ptolemais of Tyrus and of Sidon and of all Galile of the Gentiles were gathered against them to destroye them 16 When Iudas and the people heard these wordes a great Congregaciō came together to consulte what they mighte do for their brethren that were in trouble and whome they besieged 17 Then said Iudas to Simon his brother Chuse thee out men and go deliuer thy brethrē in Galile I and my brother Ionathan wil go into the countrey of Galaad 18 ¶ So he left Iosephus the sonne of Zacharias Azarias to be captaines of the people and to kepe the remnant of the hoste in Iudea 19 And commanded them saying Take the ouersight of this people make no warre against the heathē vntil we come againe 20 And vnto Simon were giuen thre thousād men to go into Galile and to Iudas eyght thousand men for the countrey of Galaad 21 Then went Simon into Galile gaue diuers battels to the heathen and the heathē were discomfited by him 22 And he pursued them vnto the gates of Ptolemais and there were slaine of the heathen almoste thre thousand mē so he toke their spoiles 23 Thus they rescued them that were in Galile and in Arbatis with their wiues their children and all that they had and broght them into Iudea with great ioye 24 ¶ Iudas Maccabeus also and his brother Ionathan went ouer Iorden and trauailed thre dayes iourney in the wildernes 25 Where thei met with the Nabathites who receiued them louingly and tolde thē euerie thing that was done vnto their brethrē in the countrey of Galaad 26 And how that manie of them were besieged in Bosorra and Bosor in Alemis Chas bon Maged and Carnaim all these Cities are strong and great 27 And that they were kept in other cities of Galaad and tomorow they are appointed to bring their hoste vnto these fortes and to take them and to destroye them all in one day 28 So Iudas and his hoste turned in all hast by the way of the wildernes towarde Bosorra and wan the citie and slewe all the males with the edge of the sworde and toke all their spoyle and set fyre vpon the citie 29 And in the night he remoued from thence and went towarde the forteresse 30 And betimes in the morning when they loked vp beholde there was an innumerable people bearing ladders instruments of warre to take the forte and had assalted them 31 When Iudas sawe that the battel was begon and that the crye of the citie went vp to heauen with trumpets a great sound 32 Thē he said vnto the armie Fight this day for your brethren 33 So he went for the behinde thē with thre companies and they biew the trumpets cryed with prayer 34 Then the hoste of Timotheus knew that it was Maccabeus and 〈◊〉 fled from him and he smote them with a great slaughter so that there was killed of them the same day almoste eight thousand men 35 ¶ Then departed Iudas vnto Maspha and laid siege vnto it and wanne it and slew all the males thereof and spoiled it and 〈◊〉 fyre vpon it 36 From thence went he and toke Chasbon Maged and Bosor and the other Cities in Galaad 37 After these things gathered Timotheus another hoste and he camped before Raphon beyonde the flood 38 Now Iudas had sent to espie the hoste and they broght him worde againe saying All the heathen that be rounde about vs are gathered vnto him and the hoste is verye great 39 And he hathe hyred the Arabians to helpe them and they haue pitched their tentes beyonde the flood and are readye to come and fight against thee So Iudas wēt to met them 40 Then Timotheus said vnto the captaine of his hoste When Iudas and his hoste come nere the flood if he passe ouer first vnto vs we shal not be able to withstand him for he wil be to strong for vs. 41 But if he be afraid and campe beyond the flood we will go ouer vnto him and shall preuaile against him 42 Now when Iudas came nere to the flood he caused the gouernours of the people to remaine by the flood and commanded thē saying Suffernone to pitche a tent but let euerie man
of the Priests against Nicanor 41 Iudas killeth Nicanor after he had made his praier 1 IN the hundreth and one fiftieth yere de parted Demetrius the sonne of Seleucus from Rome and came vp with a fewe men vnto a citie of the sea coast and reigned there 2 And when he came into the possession of his fathers kingdome his soldiers toke Antiochus and Lysias and broght them vn to him 3 But when it was tolde him he said Shewe me not their faces 4 So thei put them to death Now when Demetrius was set vpon the throne of his kingdome 5 There came vnto him all the wicked and vngodlie men of Israél whose captaine was Alcimus that wolde haue bene the hie Priest 6 These men accused the people vnto the King saying Iudas and his brethren haue slayne all thy friends and driuen vs out of our owne land 7 Wherefore send now some man whome thou trustest that he maye go and se all the destruction which he hathe done vnto vs and to the Kings land and let him punish them with all their partakers 8 Then the King chose Bacchides a friend of his which was a great man in the real me and ruled beyonde the flood and was faith ful vnto the King and sent him 6 And that wicked Alcimus whome he made hie Priest and commanded him to be ad uenged of the children of Israél 10 So they departed and came with a great hoste into the land of Iuda and sent messen gers to Iudas and his brethren deceitfully with peaceable wordes 11 But they deleued not their saying for thei sawe that they were come with a great hoste 12 Then a companie of the gouernours assem bled vnto Alcimus Bacchides to intreat of reasonable points 13 And the Asideans were the first that required peace among the children of Israel 14 For said they He that is a Priest of the sede of Aaron is come with this armie there fore he wil not hurt vs. 15 Then he spake vnto them peaceably and swore vnto them and said We wil do you no harme nether your friends 16 And they beleued him but he toke of thē thre score men and slewe them in one day according to the wordes that were writen 17 * Thei haue cast the bodies of thy Saintes and their blood rounde about Ierusalem and there was no man that wolde burye them 18 So there came a feare and trembling among all the people for they said There is net her trueth nor righteousnes in them for they haue broken the appointment othe that they made 19 Thē Bacchides remoued from Ierusalém and pitched his tente at Beth-zecha whe re he sent sorthe and toke manie of the mē that forsaken him and certeine of the peo ple whome he slewe and cast into the great pit 20 Then cōmitted he the countrey vnto Alci mus left men of warre with him to helpe him so Bacchides went vnto the King 21 Thus Alcimus stroue for the priest hode 22 And all suche as troubled the people resorted vnto him in somuche that they obteined the land of Iuda did muche hurt in Israél 23 Now when Iudas sawe all the mischief that Alcimus and his companie had done amōg the Israelites more then the heathē 24 He went forthe rounde about all the bor ders of Iudea and punished those that were fallen away so that they came no more abroade in the countrey 25 But when Alcimus sawe that Iudas his people had goten the vpper hand and kne we that he was not able to abide them he went againe to the King and accused thē of wicked things 26 Then the King sent Nicanor one of his chief princes which hated Israel deadly commanded him that he shulde destroye the people 27 ¶ So Nicanor came to Ierusalem with a great hoste and sent vnto Iudas and his brethren deceirfully with friendlie wordes saying 28 Let there be no warre betwene me and you I wil come with fewe men to se how ye do friendly 29 So he came vnto Iudas and they saluted one another peaceably but the enemies were prepared to take away Iudas 30 Neuertheles it was tolde Iudas that he came vnto him vnder disceit therefore he feared him and wolde not se his face no more 31 When Nicanor perceiued that his counsel was bewrayed he went out to fight against Iudas beside Carphasalama 32 Where there were slaine of Nicanors hoste about fiue thousand men so they 〈◊〉 vnto the citie of Dauid 33 Afterthis came Nicanor vp vnto mount Sion and some of the Priests with the Elders of the people went forthe of the San ctuarie to salute him peaceably to shew him the burnt offring that was offered for the King 34 But he laughed at them and mocked thē and counted them prophane and spake proudly 35 And swore in his wrath saying If Iudas his hoste be not deliuered now into mine hands if euer I come againe in safetie I wil burnt vp this house With that went he out in great anger 36 Then the Priests came in and stode before the altar in the Temple weping and saying 37 For so muche as thou o Lord hast chosen this House that thy Name might be cal led vpon therein and that it shulde be an house of prayer and peticion for thy people 38 Be aduenged of this man and his hoste let them beslaine by the sworde remember their blasphemies and suffre them not to continue 39 ¶ When Nicanor was gone from Ierusalém he pitched his tent at Beth-horon and there an hoste met him out of Syria 40 And Iudas pitched in Adasa with thre thousand men where Iudas prayed saying 41 O Lord * because the messēgers of King Sēn acherib blasphemed thee thine Angel went for the and slewe an hundreth foure score and fiue thousand of them 42 So destroye thou this hoste before vs to day that all other may knowe that he hathe spokē wickedly against thy Sanctuarie punish him according to his malice 43 So the armies ioyned together in battel the thirtenth day of the moneth Adar but Nicanors hoste was discōfited and he him self was first slaine in the battel 44 Now when his armie sawe that Nicanor was slaine they cast away their weapons and 〈◊〉 45 But they pursued after then a dayes iourney from Adasa vnto Gasera blowing an alarme with the trumpets after them 46 So they came for the of all the townes of Iudea rounde about and rushed vpon thē and threwe them from one to another so that they all fel by the sworde there was not one of them lefte 47 Then they toke the spoyles and the pray and smote of Nicanors head and his right hand which he helde vp so proudly and broght it with them and hanged them vp afore Ierusalem 48 So the people reioyced greatly and kept that day as a day of great gladnes 49 And they ordeined to kepe yerely that
vp against our enemies if peraduenture we may be able to fight with them 9 But they wolde haue staied him saying We are not able but let vs rather faue our liues turne backe now seing our brethren are departed for shal we fight against thē that are so fewe 10 Thē Iudas said God forbid that we shulde do this thing to He from them if our time become let vs dye manfully for our brethren and let vs not staine our honour 11 Then the hoste remoued out of the tentes and stode against them who had deuided their horsemen in to two troupes and they that threwe with slings and the archers marched in the forewarde and they that foght in the forewarde were all valiant men 12 And Bacchides was in the right wing So the armie drewe nere on bothesides and blewe the trumpets 13 They of Iudas side blew the trumpets also and the earth shoke at the noyce of the ar mies and the battel continued from morning to night 14 And when Iudas sawe that Bacchides and the strength of his armie was on the right side he toke with him all the hardie men 15 And brake the right wing and followed vpon them vnto mount Azotus 16 Now when they which were of the left wing sawe that the right wing was discomfited they followed Iudas behinde and thē that were with him hard at the heles 17 Thē was there a fore battel for many were slaine of bothe the parties 18 Iudas also himself was killed and the remnant fled 19 So Ionathan and Simon toke Iudas their brother and buryed him in his father sepul chre in the citie of Modin 20 And all the Israelites wept for him mour ned greatly for him and lamented many daies saying 21 How is the valiantman fallen which deliuered Israel 22 Concerning the otherthings of Iudas bo the the battels and the valiant actes that he did and of his worthines they are not writen for they were very many 23 ¶ Now after the death of 〈◊〉 wicked 〈◊〉 came vp in all the coastes of Israel 〈◊〉 arose all suche as gaue them selues to iniquitie 24 In those daies was there a very great famine in the land and all the countrey gaue ouer them selues with them 25 And Bacchides did chuse wicked men and made them lords in the land 26 These soght out and made searche for Iudas friends and broght them vnto Bacchi des which aduenged him self vpon them and mocked them 27 And there came so great trouble in Israél as was not since the time that no Prophet was sene among them 28 Then came all Iudas friends together and said vnto Ionathan 29 Seing thy brother Iudas is dead and there is none like him to go forthe against our enemies euen against Bacchides and against them of our naciō that are enemies vnto vs. 30 Therefore this day we chuse thee that thou maist be our prince and captaine in his place to order our battel 31 So Ionathan toke the gouernance vpon him at the same time and druled in stead of his brother Iudas 32 But when Bacchides knewe it he soght for to slay him 33 Then Ionathan and Simon his brother 〈◊〉 that fled into the wildernes of Thecua with all their companie and pitched their tentes by the water poole of Asphar 34 Which when Bacchides vnderstode he came ouer Iorden with all his hoste vpon the Sabbath day 35 Now had Ionathan sent his brother Iohn a captaine of the people to pray his friēds the Nabathites that they wold kepe their baggage which was muche 36 But the children of Ambri came out of Me daba and toke Iohn and all that he had and when they had takē it went their way 37 After this came worde vnto Ionathan and to Simon his brother that the children of Ambrimade a great mariage and broght the bride from Medaba with great pompe for she was daughter to one of the noblest princes of Canaan 38 Therefore they remembred Iohn their bro ther and went vp and hid them selues vnder the couert of the mountaine 39 So they lift vp their eyes and loked and be holde there was a great noyce and muche 〈◊〉 then the bridegrome came forthe and his friends and his brethren met them with tymbrels and instrumēts of mu sike and manie weapons 40 Then Ionathans men that lay in ambushe rose vp against them and slewe manie of them and the remnant fled into the mountaines so that they toke all their spoiles 41 Thus the mariage was turned to mourning and the noyce of their melodie into lamentacion 42 And so when they had aduenged the blood of their brother they are turned againe vnto Iorden 43 When Bacchides heard this he came vnto the border of Iorden with a great power vpon the Sabbath day 44 Then Ionathan said vnto his companie Let vs rise now and fight against our enemies for it is not to day as intime past 45 Beholde the battel is before vs and behin de vs and the water of Iorden on this side and that side and the marise and forest so that there is no place for vs to turne a side 46 Wherefore crye now vnto heauen that ye may be deliuered from the power of your enemies so they ioyned battel 47 Then Ionathan stretched out his hand to smite Bacchides but he turned aside from him and reculed 48 Then Ionathan and they that were with him leapt into 〈◊〉 and swimmed ouer vnto the further bāke but the otherwolde not passe through 〈◊〉 after them 49 So in that day were slaine of Bacchides side about a thousand men 50 Then he turned to againe to Ierusalém and buylt vp the strong cities in Iuda as the ca 〈◊〉 of Iericho and Emmaus and Bethoron and Bethel and Thamnatha Pharathoui Tepho with high walles with gates and with barres 51 And set garisons in them that they might vse their malice vpon Israel 52 He fortified also the citie Beth-sura and Gazara and the castel and set a garison in them with prouision of vitailes 53 He toke also the chiefest mens sonnes in the countrey for hostages and put them in the castel at Ierusalém to be kept 54 ¶ Afterwarde in the hundreth 〈◊〉 and thre yere in the 〈◊〉 moneth Alcimus commanded that the walles of the inner court of the Sanctuarie shuld be destroied and he pulled downe the monumēts of the Prophetes and began to destroy them 55 But at the same time Alcimus was plagued and his enterprises 〈◊〉 hindred and his mouth was stopped for he was smitten with a palsie and colde no more speake nor giue order concerning his house 56 Thus dyed Alcimus with a great torment at the same time 57 And when Bacchides sawe that Alcimus was dead he turned againe to the King so the land of Iuda was in rest two yeres 58 Then all the vngodlie men helde a counsel saying Beholde Ionathan and his companie dwell at ease and without care wherefore let vs
bring Bacchides hither and he wil take them all in one night 59 So they went and consulted with him 60 Who arose and came with a great hoste and sent letters priuely to his adherentes which were in Iudea to take Ionathan those that were with him but they colde not for their counsel was knowen vnto thē 61 And they toke fiftie men of the countrey which were the chief workers of thys wickednes and slewe them 62 ¶ Thē Ionathan and Simon with their companie departed vnto Beth-basin whiche is in the wildernes ād repaired the decay therof and made it strong 63 When Bacchides knewe this he gathered all his hoste and sent worde to thē that were of Iudea 64 Thē came he and laid siege to Beth-basin and foght against it a long season and made instruments of warre 65 But Ionathan had left his brother Simon in the citie and went forthe into the countrey and came with a certeine nomber 66 And slewe Odomeras and his brethren ād the children of Phasiron in their tentes so he began to slay and increased in power 67 Simon also and hys companie went out of the citie and burnt vp the instrumentes of warre 68 And foght against Bacchides and discomfited hym and vexed hym sore so that hys counsel and iorney was in vaine 69 Wherefore he was very wroth at the wicked mē that gaue him counsel to come into the countrey and slewe many of thē and pur posed to returne into his owne countrey 70 Whereof when Ionathan had knowledge he sent ambassadours ours vnto him to intreat of peace with him and that the prisoners shuld be deliuered 71 Whiche thing he accepted and did accordyng to his desire and made an othe that he wolde neuer do hym harme all the dayes of his life 72 So he restored vnto him the prisoners that he had taken afore time out of the land of Iu da and so returned and went into his owne lande nether did he come any more into their borders 73 Thus the sworde ceased from Israél and Io nathan dwelt at Machmas and began there to gouerne the people and destroyed the vn godlie men out of Israél CHAP. X. 4 Demetrius desireth to haue peace with Ionathan 18 Alexander also desireth peace with the Iewes 48 Alexander maketh warre against 〈◊〉 50 Demetrius is slaine 51 The friendship of Ptolemeus and Alexander 1 IN the hundreth and thre score yere came Alexander the sonne of Antiochus Epipha nes and tōke Ptolemais and they receiued him and there he reigned 2 Now when Demetrius the King heard it he gathered an exceading great host and went forthe against him to fight 3 Also Demetrius sent letters vnto Ionathan with louing wordes as thogh he wolde preferre him 4 For he said We wil firste make peace with hym before he ioyne wyth Alexander against vs. 5 Els he will remember all the euil that we haue done against him and against his brethrē and his nacion 6 And so he gaue Ionathan leaue to gather an host and to prepare weapons and to be con federate with him and commanded the hostages that were in the castell to be deliuered vnto him 7 ¶ Then came Ionathan to Ierusalém and red the letters in the audience of all the people 〈◊〉 of them that were in the castel 8 Therefore they were sore afraied because they heard that the King had giuen hym licence to gather an armie 9 So they that were of the castel deliuered the hostages vnto Ionathan who restored them to their parents 10 Ionathan also dwelt at Ierusalem and begā to buyld and 〈◊〉 the citie 11 And he commaunded the workemen to builde the walles and the mount Sion rounde about with he wen stone to sortifie it and so they did 12 Then the strangers that were in the castels which Bacchides had made fled 13 So that euerie man left his place and went into his owne countrey 14 Onely at Beth-sura remained 〈◊〉 whi che had forsaken the Law and the commandements for it was their refuge 15 ¶ Now when King Alexander had heard of the promises that Demetrius had made vnto Ionathan and when it was tolde him of the battels and nobles actes whiche he and his brethren had done and of the paines that they had indured 16 He said Might we finde suche a man nowe therefore we will make hymour friend and confederate 17 Vpon this he wrote a letter and sent it vnto him with these wordes saying 18 Kyng Alexander to his brother Ionathan sendeth 〈◊〉 19 We haue heard of thee that thou art a very valiant man and worthie to be our friend 20 Wherefore this day we ordeine thee to be the hie Priest of thy nacion and to be called the Kings friend and he sent him a purple robe and a crowne of golde that thou maist consider what is for our profite and kepe friendship towarde vs. 21 So in the seuenth moneth of the hundreth and thre score yere vpon the seast daye of the tabernacles Ionathan put on the holie garment and gathered an hoste and prepared many weapons 22 ¶ Which when Demetrius heard he was marueilous sory and said 23 What haue we done that Alexander hathe 〈◊〉 vs in getting the friendship of the 〈◊〉 for his strength 24 Yet wil I write and exhorte them and promes them dignities and rewardes that they may helpe me 25 Wherupon he wrote vnto them these wordes Kyng 〈◊〉 vnto the nacions of the Iewes sendeth greting 26 We haue heard that ye haue kept your couenant towarde vs and continued in our friendship and haue not ioyned with our enemies whereof we are glad 27 Now therefore remaine stil and kepe fideli tie towarde vs and we will recompense you for the good things that ye haue done for vs 28 And will release you of many charges and giue you rewardes 29 And now I discharge for your sake all the Iewes from tributes and fre you from the cu stomes of salte and the crowne taxes and from the thirde parte of the sede 30 And from the halfe of the frute of the trees whiche is mine owne duetie I so release thē that from this day forth none shal take any thing of the land of Iuda or of the thre gouernements which are added there unto as of Samaria and of Galile from this day forthe for euermore 31 Ierusalem also with all thyngs belongyng thereto shal be holie and fre from the tenthes and tributes 32 Also I release the power of the castel which is at Ierusalém ād giue it vnto the hie Priest that he may set in it suche men as he shal chu se to kepe it 33 Moreuer I frely deliuer euerie one of the Iewes that were taken away prisoners out of the land of Iuda through out all my realme and euerie one of them shal be free from tributes yea euen their catel 34 And all the feasts and Sabbaths and new moones and the dayes appointed and the
discharge them of all from hence for the. 36 And nothing hereof shal be reuoked from this time for the and foreuer 37 Therefore se that ye make a copie of these things and deliuer it vnto Ionathan that it may be set vp vpon the holy mount in an opē place 38 After this when Demetrius the King sawe that his land was in rest and that no resistan ce was made against him he sent away all his hoste euerie man to his owne place except certeine bandes of strangers whome he broght from the yles of the heathen where fore all his fathers hoste hated him 39 Nowe was there one Tryphon that had bene of Alexanders parte afore which whē he sawe that all the hoste murmured against Demetrius he went to Simalcue the Arabian that broght vp Antiochus the sonne of Alexander 40 And lay sore vpon him to deliuer him this yong Antiochus that he might reigne in his fathers stead he tolde hym also what great euill Demetrius had done and how his men of warre hated hym and he remained there along season 41 Also Ionathan sent vnto King Demetrius to driue them out whiche were in the castel at Ierusalém and those that were in the forteresses for they foght against Israél 42 So Demetrius sent vnto Ionathan saying I will not onely do these thyngs for thee and thy nacion but if opportunie serue I wil ho nour thee and thy nacion 43 Now therefore thou shalt do me a pleasure if thou wilt send me men to helpe me for all mine armie is gone from me 44 So Ionathan sent him thre thousand strong men vnto Antiochia and they came vnto the King wherefore the King was verie glad at their comming 45 ¶ But they that were of the citie euen an 〈◊〉 dreth and twentie thousand men gathered them together in the middes of the citie ād wolde haue slaine the King 46 But the King sled into the palace and the ci tizens kept the stretes of the citie and beganne to fight 47 Then the King called to the Iewes for helpe which came to him altogether and went abroade through the citie 48 And slewe the same day an hundreth thousand and set fyre vpon the citie ād toke ma ny spoiles in that day deliuered the King 49 So when the citizens sawe that the Iewes had gotten the vpper hand of the citie and that they them selues were disappointed of their purpose they made their supplication vnto the King saying 50 Grant vs 〈◊〉 and let the Iewes cease frō vexing vs and the citie 51 So they cast away their weapons and made peace and the Iewes were greatly honored before the King and before all that were in his realme and they came againe to Ierusalém with great pray 52 Then King Demetrius sate in the throne of his kingdome and had peace in his land 53 Neuertheles he dissembled in all that euer he spake and withdrewe hym self from Ionathan nether did he rewarde hym accordyng to the benefites whiche he had done for him but troubled him verie sore 54 ¶ After returned Tryphon with the yong childe Antiochus whiche regned and was crowned 55 Then there gathered vnto hym all the men of warre whome Demetrius had scattered and they foght against him who fled and tur ned his backe 56 So Tryphon toke the beasts and wan Antiochia 57 And yong Antiochus wrote vnto Ionathan saying I appoint thee to the chief Priest aud make thee ruler ouer the foure gouernements that thou maist be a friend of the Kings 58 Vpon this he sent him golden vessels to be serued in and gaue hym leaue to drynke in golde and to weare purple and to haue a colar of golde 59 He made hys brother Simon also captaine from the coastes of Tyrus vnto the borders of Egypt 60 Then 〈◊〉 went forthe and passed through the cities beyonde the flood and all the mē of warre of Syria gathered vnto him for to helpe hym so he came vnto Ascalon ād they of the citie receiued him honorably 61 And from thence went he vnto Gaza but they of Gaza shut hym out wherefore be laid siege vnto it and burned the suburbes there of with fyre and spoiled them 62 Then they of Gaza made supplication vnto lonathan and he made peace with them and toke of the sonnes of the chief men for hostages and sent them to 〈◊〉 and went through the countrey vnto Damascus 63 And when 〈◊〉 heard that 〈◊〉 princes were come into Cades whiche is in Galile with a great host purposing to driue him out of the countrey 64 He came against them and left Simon hys brother in the countrey 65 And Simon besieged Beth-sura and foght against it along season and shut it vp 66 So they desired to haue peace with him whi che he granted them and afterwarde put them out from thence and toke the citie ād set a garison in it 67 Then Ionathan with his hoste came to the water of Genesar and betimes in the morning came to the plaine of Azor. 68 And beholde the hostes of the strangers met him in the plaine and had layed ambush ments for him in the mountaines 69 So that when they came against them the ambushment rose out of their places and skirmished 70 So that al that were of Ionathans side fled and there was not one of them left except Mattathias the sonne of Absalomus and Iudas the sonne of Calphi the captaines of the hoste 71 Then Ionathan rent hys clothes and caste earth vpon his head and prayed 72 And turned againe to them to 〈◊〉 and put them to flight so that they flcd away 73 Nowe when hys owne men that were fled sawe this they turned againe vnto him and helped him to followe after all vnto their ten tes at Cades and there they camped 74 So there were slaine of the strangers the sa me day about thre thousand men and Ionathan turned againe to Ierusalém CHAP. XII 1 Ionathan sendeth ambassadours to Rome 2 And to the people of Sparta to 〈◊〉 their couenant of friendship 20 Ionathan putteth to flight the princes of Demetrius 40 Tryphon taketh Ionathan by disceite 1 IOnathā now seing that the time was mete for him chose certeine men and sent them vnto Rome to establishe and renew the friendship with them 2 He sent letters also vnto the Spartians and to other places for the same purpose 3 So they went vnto Rome and entred into the Senate and said Ionathan the hie Priest ād the nation of the Iewes sent vs vnto you for to renewe friendship with you and the bonde of loue as in times past 4 So the Romaines gaue them fre pasports that men shulde lead them home into the land of Iuda peaceably 5 ¶ AND THIS is the copie of the letters that Ionathan wrote vnto the Spartians 6 Ionathan the hie Priest with the Elders of the nacion ād the Priests and the rest of the people of the Iewes send gretyng vnto
the Spartians their brethren 7 Heretofore were letters sent vnto Onias the hie Priest from Arius which then reigned among you that ye wolde be our brethren as the copie here vnder writen specifieth 8 〈◊〉 Onias intreated the ambassadour hono rably ād receiued the letters wherein there was mencion made of the bonde of loue ād friendship 9 But as for vs we nede no suche writings for we haue the holy bokes in our handes for comfort 10 Neuertheles we thoghtit good to send vnto you for the renewing of the brotherhod and friendship lest we shulde be strange vnto you for it is long since the time that ye sent vnto vs. 11 Wherefore we remember you at all seasons continually and in the feastes and other dayes appointed when we offre sacrifices and prayers as it is mete and conuenient to thinke vpon our brethren 12 And we reioyce at your prosperous estate 13 And thogh we haue bene enuironned with great troubles and warres so that the kings rounde about vs haue foght against vs. 14 Yet wold we not be grieuous vnto you nor to other of our confederates and friends in these warres 15 For we haue had helpe from heauen that hath soccoured vs ād we are deliuered from our enemies and our enemies are subdued 16 Yet haue we chosen Numenius the sonne of Antiochus and Antipater the sonne of Iason and sent them vnto the Romaines for to renewe the former friendship with them and league 17 We commanded them also to go vnto you and to salute you and to deliuer you our letters concernyng the renewing of our brotherhode 18 And now ye shal do vs a pleasure to giue vs an answer of these things 19 ¶ And this was the copie of the letters whiche Arius the King of Sparta sēt vnto Onias 20 THE KING of the Spartians vnto Onias the hie Priest sendeth greting 21 It is founde in writing that the Spartians and Iewes are brethren and come out of the generacion of Abraham 22 And nowe for somuche as this is come to our knowledge ye shal do well to write vnto vs of your prosperitie 23 As for vs we haue writen vnto you that your cattel and goods are ours and ours are yours these things haue we commanded to be shewed vnto you 24 ¶ Now when Ionathan heard that Demetrius princes were come to fight against him with a greater hoste then afore 25 He went from Ierusalém and met them in the land of Hamath for he gaue them not space to come into his owne countrey 26 And he sent spies vnto their tentes which came againe and tolde him that they were appointed to come vpon him in the night 27 Wherfore when the sunne was gone down Ionathan cōmanded his men to watche and to be in armes ready to fight all the night ād sent watchmen rounde about the hoste 28 But when the aduersaries heard that Ionathan was ready with hys men to the battel they feared and trembled in their heartes and kyndled fyres in their tentes and fled away 29 Neuertheles Ionathan and hys companie knewe it not till the morning or they sawe the fyres burning 30 Then Ionathan followed vpon them but he cold not ouertake them for they were gone ouer the flood Eleutherus 31 So Ionathan turned to the Arabians whiche were called Zabedei and slewe them and toke their spoile 32 He proceded further also and came vnto Damascus ād were through al the coūtrey 33 But Simon his brother went for the ād came to Ascalon and to the nexte holdes departing vnto Ioppe and wanne it 34 For he heard that they wolde deliuer the holde to them that toke Demetrius parte wherefore he set a garison there to kepe it 35 ¶ After this came Ionathan home and called the Elders of the people together and deuised with them for to buyld vp the strōg holdes in 〈◊〉 36 And to make the walles of Ierusalém hier and to make a great mount betwixt the castel and the citie for to separate it from the citie that it might be alone and that men shulde nether bye nor sel in it 37 So they came together to buylde vp the citie for parte of the wall vpō the breke of the East side was fallen downe and they repaired it and called it Caphenatha 38 Simon also set vp Adida in Sephela made it strong with gates and barres 39 ¶ In the meane time Tryphon purposed to reigne in Asia and to be crowned when he had slaine the King Antiochus 40 But he was afraied that Ionathan wolde not suffer him but fight against him wherefore he went about to take Ionathan and to kil him so he departed and came vnto Bethsan 41 Then went Ionathan for the against him to the battel with fortie thousand chosen men and came vnto Bethsan 42 But when Tryphon sawe that Ionathan came with so great an hoste he durst not lay hand vpon him 43 But receiued him honorably and commen ded him vnto all his friends and gaue him rewardes and commanded his men of warre to be as obedient vnto him as to him self 44 And said vnto Ionathā Why hast thou caused this people to take suche trauail seing there is no warre betwene vs 45 Therefore send them now home againe 〈◊〉 certeine men to wait vpon thee and come thou with me to Ptolemais for I wil giue it thee with the other strong holdes and the other garisons and all them that haue the charge of the commune affaires so wil I returne and departe for this is the cause of my comming 46 Ionathan beleued him and did as he said sent away his hoste which went into the 〈◊〉 of Iuda 47 And reteined but thre thousand with him where of he sent two thousand into Galile and one thousand went with him self 48 Now assone as Ionathan entred into 〈◊〉 they of 〈◊〉 is shut the gates and toke him and slewe all them with the sworde that came in with him 49 Then sent Tryphon an hoste of fotemen horsemē into Galile into the great plaine to destroye all Ionathans companie 50 But when they knewe that Ionathan was taken and flaine those that were with him they incouraged one another and came forthe against them readie to the battel 51 But when thei which followed vpon them sa we that it was a matter of life they turned backe againe 52 By this meanes all they came into the land of Iuda peaceably and bewailed Ionathan and them that were with him and feared greatly and all Israel made great lamentacion 53 For all the heathē that were rounde about them soght to destroye them 54 For they said No we haue they no captaine nor anie man to helpe them therefore let vs now fight against them roote out their memorie from amōg men CHAP. XIII 1 After Ionathan was taken Simon is chosen captaine 17. Tryphon taking his children and money for the redemption of Ionathan killeth him and his children 31 Tryphon killeth Antiochus
and 〈◊〉 the rea me 36 De metrius taketh 〈◊〉 with 〈◊〉 43 Simon winneth Gaz 50 He possesseth the tower of Sion 53 He maketh his sōne Iohn captaine 1 NOw when Simon heard that Tryphō gathered a great hoste to come into the 〈◊〉 of Iuda and to destroye it 2 And sawe that the people was in great trembling and feare he came vp to Ierusalem and gathered the people together 3 And gaue them exhortaciō saying Ye know what great things I and my brethren and my fathers house haue done for the Law the Sanctuarie and the battels troubles that we haue sene 4 By reason whereof all my brethren are slaine for Israels sake and I am left alone 5 Now therefore God forbide that I shulde spare mine owne life in anie time of trouble for I am not better then my brethren 6 But I wil aduenge my nacion and the Sanctuarie and our wiues and our children for all the heathen are gathered together to destroy vs of very malice 7 In hearing these wordes the hearts of the people were kindled 8 So that they cryed with a loude voyce saying Thou shalt be our captaine instead of lu das and Ionathan thy brethren 9 Fight thou our battels and whatsoeuer thou commandest vs we wil do it 10 ¶ So he gathered all the men of warre making haste to finish the walles of Ierusalem and fortified it rounde about 11 Then sent he Ionathan the sonne of Absalonius with a great hoste vnto Ioppe which droue them out that were therein remained there him self 12 Tryphō also remoued from Ptolemais with a great armie to come into the lād of Iuda Ionathan was with him as 〈◊〉 13 And Simon pitched his tentes at Addidis vpon the open plaine 14 But when Tryphon knewe that Simō stode vp in stead of his brother Ionathan and that he wolde fight against him he sent messēgers vnto him saying 15 Where as we haue kept Ionathan thy brother it is for money that he is owing in the Kings account concerning the busines that he had in hand 16 Wherefore send now an hūdreth talents of siluer and his two sonnes for hostages that when he is letten forthe he wil not turne 〈◊〉 vs and we wil send him againe 17 Neuertheles Simon knewe that he dissembled in his wordes yet commanded he the money children to be deliuered vnto him lest he shulde be in greater hatred of the peo ple of Israel 18 Who might haue said Because he sent him not the money and the children therefore is Ionathan dead 19 So he sent the children and an hundreth 〈◊〉 lents but he dissembled and wolde not let Ionathan go 20 ¶ Afterwarde came Tryphon into the land to destroye it and wentrounde about by the way that leadeth vnto Adora but where soeuer they went thether went Simon and his hoste 21 Now they that were in the castel sent messengers vnto Tryphon that he shulde make haste to come by the wildernes and to send them vitailes 22 So Tryphon made readie all his horsemen but the same night fell a very great snowe so that he came not because of the snowe but he remoued and went into the countrey of Galaad 23 And when he came nere to Bascama he slew Ionathan and he was buryed there 24 So Tryphon returned wēt into his owne land 25 ¶ Then sent Simon to take the bones of Ionathan his brother and they buryed him in Modin his fathers cities 26 And all Israel be wailed him with great lamē tacion and mourned for him verie long 27 And Simon made vpon the sepulchre of his father and his brethren a buylding high to loke vnto of he wenstone behinde and be fore 28 And set vp seuen pillers vpon it one against another for his father his mother and foure brethren 29 And set great pillers round about them and set armes vpon the pillers for a perpetuall me morie and carued shippes beside the armes that they might be sene of men sailing in the sea 30 This sepulchre which he made at Modin standeth yet vnto this day 31 ¶ Now as Tryphon went forthe with the yong King Antiochus he slewe him traiterously 32 And reigned in his stead and crowned him self King of Asia and broght a great plague vpon the land 33 Simon also buylte vp the castels of Iudea compassed them about with high towers great walles euen with towers and gates and barres and laid vp vitailes in the strong holdes 34 Moreouer Simon chose certeine men and sent them to King Demetrius that he wolde discharge the land for all Tryphons doings were robberies 35 Whereupon Demetrius the King answered him and wrote vnto him after this maner 36 DEMETRIVS the King vnto Simon the high Priest and the friend of Kings and to the Elders and to the nation of the 〈◊〉 sendeth greting 37 The goldē crowne and precious stone that ye sent vnto vs haue we receiued and are readie to make a stedfast peace with you to write vnto the officers to release you of the things wherein we made you fre 38 So the things that we haue granted you shal be stable the strong holdes which ye ha ue buylded shal be your owne 39 Also we forgiue the ouersights and fautes committed vnto this day and the crowne taxe that ye ought vs and where as was anie other tribute in Ierusalem it shal be now no tribute 40 And they that are mete amōg you to be wri ten with our men let them be writen vp that there may be peace betwene vs. 41 Thus the yoke of the heathē was takē frō Israel in the hundreth and seuentie yere 42 And the people of Israel began to write in their letters and publike instruments IN THE FIRST yere of Simon the high chief Priest gouernour and prince of the Iewes 43 In those dayes Simon camped against Gaza and besieged it rounde about where he set vp an engine of warre and approched nere the citie and betatowre and toke it 44 So 〈◊〉 that were in the engine leapt into the citie and there was great trouble in the citie 45 In so muche that the people of the citie rent their clothes and climed vp vpon the walles with their wiues and childrē cryed with a loude voyce beseching Simon to grāt them peace saying 46 Deale not with vs according to our wicked nes but according to thy mercie 47 Then Simon pitied them and wolde fight no more against them but put them out of the citie and clensed the houses wherein the idoles were and so entred thereunto with psalmes and thankesgiuing 48 So when he had cast all the filthines out he set suche men in it as kept the Law and fortified it and buylded there a dwelling place for himself 49 Now when they in the castel at Ierusalém were kept that they colde not come forthe nor go into the countrey nether bye nor sel they were very hungrie and manie of
them were famished to death 50 In so muche that they besoght Simon to make peace with them which he granted them and put them out frō thence and clensed the castel from filthines 51 And vpon the thre and twentie day of the seconde moneth in the hundreth seuentie one yere they entred into it with thanke esgiuing and brāches of palme trees and with violes and with psalmes and songs because the great enemie of Israel was ouercome 52 And he ordeined that the same day shulde be kept euerie yere with gladnes 53 And he fortified the mount of the Temple that was beside the castel where he dwelt him self with his companie 54 Simon also seing that Iohn his sonne was now a man he made him captaine of all the hostes and caused him to dwell in Gazaris CHAP. XIIII 1 Demetrius is ouercome of Arsaces 11 Simon being captaine there is great quietnes in Israel 18 The couenant of friendship with the Romains and with the people of Sparta is renewed 1 IN the hundreth seuentie and two yere ga thered King Demetrius his hoste and departed vnto Media to get him helpe for to fight against Tryphon 2 But when Arsaces the King of Persia Media heard that Demetrius was entred with in his borders he sent one of his princes to take him aliue 3 So he went and ouercame the armie of Demetrius and toke him and broght him to Ar saces which kept him in warde 4 Thus all the lād of Iuda was in rest so long as Simon liued for he soght the welth of his nacion therefore were they glad to haue him for their ruler and to do him worship alway Simon also wanne the citie of Ioppe to his great honour to be an hauen towne made it an entrance vnto the yles of the sea 6 He enlarged also the borders of his people and conquered the countreis 7 He gathered vp manie of their people that were prisoners and he had the dominion of Gazaris and Beth-sura and the castel which he clensed from filthines and there was no man that resisted him 8 So that euerie man tilled his grounde in pea ce and the land gaue her frutes the trees gaue their frute 9 The Elders 〈◊〉 in the open places and con sulted altogether for the commune welth the yong men were honorably clothed and armed 10 He prouided vitailes for the cities and all kinde of munition so that his glorious fame was renoumed vnto the end of the worlde 11 He made peace thorow out the land and Is rael had perfite mirth and ioye 12 For euerie man sate vnder his vine and the 〈◊〉 trees and there was no man to fray them 13 There was none in the land to fight against them for then the Kings were ouercome 14 He helped all those that were in aduersitie among his people he was diligent to se the Law kept and he toke away the vngodlie and wicked 15 He beautified the Sanctuarie and encreased the vessels of the Temple 16 When the Romains heard and the Spartians had knowledge that Ionathā was dead they were very sorie 17 But when they heard that Simon his brother was made high Priest in his steade and how he had wonne the land againe with the cities in it 18 They wrote vnto him in tables of brasse to renewe the friendship and bonde of loue which they had made with Iudas and Ionathan his brethren 19 Which writings were red before the congregacion at Ierusalém and this is the 〈◊〉 of the letters that the Spartians sent 20 THE SENATORS and citie of Spar ta vnto Simon the great Priest and to the Elders and to the Priest and to the residue of the people of the Iewes their brethren send greting 21 When your ambassadours that were sent vnto our people certified vs of your glorie honour we were glad of their comming 22 And haue registred their ambassage in the publike recordes in this maner Numenius the sonne of Antiochus and Antipater the sonne of Iason the Iewes 〈◊〉 came vnto vs to renewe amitie with vs. 23 And it pleased the people that the men shulde be honorably intreated and that the copie of their ambassage shulde be registred in the publike recordes that it might befor a memorial vnto the people of Sparta and a copie of the same was sent to Simō the chief Priest 24 After this Simon sent Numenius to Rome with a great shield of golde of a thousand pounde weight to confirme the friendship with them 25 Which when the people vnderstode thei said What thankes shal we recōpense againe vnto Simon and his children 26 For he and his brethren and the house of his father haue stablished Israel ouercome their enemies and haue confirmed the liber tie thereof therefore they wrote this in tables of brasse and set it vpon pillers in mount Sion 27 The copie of the writing is this In the eight and twentie day of the moneth * Elul in the hūdreth seuentie and two yere in the thirde yere of Simon the high Priest 28 In Saramel in the great congregacion of the Priests and of the people and of the gouernours of the nacion and of the Elders of the countrei we wolde fignifie vnto you that manie battels haue bene foghten in our countrey 29 Wherein Simon the sonne of Mattathias come of the children of 〈◊〉 and his brethren put them selues in danger and 〈◊〉 the enemies of their nacion that their Sanctuarie and Law might be mainteined did their nacion great honour 30 For Ionathan gathered his nacion together and became their high Priest and is laid with his people 31 After that wolde their enemies haue inuaded their countrey and 〈◊〉 their land and lay their hands on their Sanctuarie 32 Then Simō resisted them and foght for his naciō and spent muche of his owne substance and armed the valiant men of his nacion and gaue them wages 33 He fortified also the cities of Iudea and Beth sura that lyeth vpon the borders of Iudea where the ordinance of their enemies lay some time set there a garison óf the Iewes 34 And he fortified Ioppe which lyeth vpon the sea and Gazara that bordreth vpon Azo tus where the enemies dwelt afore and there he placed Iewes furnished thē with things necessarie for the reparation thereof 35 Now when the people sawe the faithfulnes of Simon and to what glorie he thoght to bring his nacion vnto they made him their gouernour and the chief Priest because he had done all these things and for the vprightnes and fidelitie that he had kept to his nacion and that soght by all meanes to exalte his people 36 For in his time they prospered wel by him so that the heathen were taken out of their countrey and they also which were in the ci tie of Dauid at Ierusalem where they had made them a castel out of the which they wēt defiled all things that were about the Sanctuarie and did
great hurt vnto religion 37 And he set Iewes in it and fortified it for the assurance of the land and citie and raised vp the walles of Ierusalém 38 And King Demetrius confirmed him in his high priesthode for these causes 39 And made him one of his friends and gaue him great honour 40 For it was reported that the Romains called the Iewes their friends and confederates and that they honorably receiued Simōs ambassadours 41 And that the Iewes and Priests consented that Simon shulde be their prince and high Priest perpetually til God raised vp the true Prophet 42 And that he shulde be their captaine and haue the charge of the Sanctuarie and so set mē ouer the workes and ouer the countrey and ouer the weapons and ouer the forteres ses and that shulde make prouision for the 〈◊〉 things 43 And that shulde be obeyed of euery man and that all the writings in the countrey shulde be made in his name that he shulde be clothed in purple and we are golde 44 And that it shulde not be lawful for anie of the people or Priests to breake anie of these things or to withstand his wordes or to call anie congregacion in the countrey without him or be clothed in purple or weare a 〈◊〉 of gold 45 And if anie did contrarie to these things or brake anie of them he shulde be punished 46 So it pleased all the people to agre that it shulde be done to Simon according vnto these wordes 47 Simon also accepted it and was content to be the high Priest and the captaine and the prince of the Iewes and of the Priests and to be the chief of all 48 And they commāded to set vp this writing in tables of brasse and to fasten it to the wall that compassed the Sanctuarie in an open place 49 And that a copie of the same shulde be laied vp in the treasurie that Simon and his son nes might haue it CHAP. XV. 1 Antiochus maketh a couenant of friendship with Simon 11 〈◊〉 is pursued 15 The Romains write lettres vnto Kings and nacions in the defence of the Iewes 27 〈◊〉 refusing the helpe that Simon sent him breaketh his couenant 1 MOreouer King Antiochus the sonne of Demetrius sent lettres from the yles of the sea vnto Simon the Priest and prince of the Iewes and to all the nacion 2 Conteining these wordes ANTIOCHVS the King vnto Simon the great Priest and to the nacion of the Iewes sendeth greting 3 For so muche as 〈◊〉 pestilent men haue vsurped the kingdome of our fathers I am purposed to chalenge the realme againe and to restore it to the olde estate wherefore I haue gathered a great hoste and prepared shippes of warre 4 That I may go thorowe the countrey and be 〈◊〉 of them which haue destroied our countrey and wasted manie cities in the realme 5 Now therefore I do confirme vnto thee all the liberties whereof all the Kings my progenitours haue discharged thee and all the paiments where of they haue released thee 6 And I giue thee leaue to coyne money of thine owne stampe within thy countrey 7 And that Ierusalém and the Sanctuarie be fre and that all the weapons that thou hast prepared and the forteresses which thou hast buylded and kepest in thine hands shal be thine 8 And all that is due vnto the King and all that shal be due vnto the King I forgiue it thee from this time for the for euermore 9 And when we haue obteined our kingdome we wil giue thee and thy nacion and the Temple great honour so that your honor shal be knowen thorowe out the worlde 10 ¶ In the hundreth seuentie and foure yere went Antiochus into his fathers land and all the bandes came together vnto him so that fewe were left with Tryphon 11 So the King Antiochus pursued him but he fled and came to Dora which lyeth by the seaside 12 For he sawe that troubles were towarde him and that the armie had forsaken him 13 Then camped Antiochus against Dora with and hundreth and twentie thousand fighting men and eight thousand horsemen 14 So he compassed the citie about and the shippes came by the sea Thus they pressed the citie by land and by sea in so muche that thei suffered no man to go in nor out 15 In the meane season came Numenius his companie from Rome hauing lettres writē vnto the Kings and countreis wherein were conteined these wordes 16 LVCIVS THE Consul of Rome vnto King Ptolemeus sendeth greting 17 The ambassadours of the Iewes are come vnto vs as our friends and confederates frō Simon the hie Priest and from the people of the Iewes to renue friendship and the bonde of loue 18 Who haue broght a shield of golde weying a thousand pounde 19 Wherefore we thoght it good to write vnto the Kings and countreis that they shulde not go about to hurt them nor to fight against them nor their cities nor their countreie nether to mainteine their enemies against them 20 And we were content to receiue of thē the shield 21 If therefore there be anie pestilent felowes fled from their countrey vnto you deliuer them vnto Simon the hie Priest that he maye punish them according to their owne Law 22 The same things were writen to Demetrius the King and to Attalus and to Arathes and to Arsaces 23 And to all countreis as Sampsames and to them of Sparta and to Delus and to Mindus and to Sicion and to Caria and to Samos to Pamphylia and to Lycia and to Ha licarnassus and to Rhodus and to Phaselis and to Cos and to Siden and to Cortyna and to Gnidon and to Cyprus and to Cyrene 24 And they sent a copie of them to Simon the hie Priest 25 ¶ So Antio chus the King cāped against Dora the seconde time euer redie to take it and made diuers engins of warre and kepe Tryphon in that he colde nether go in nor out 26 Thē Simon sent him two thousand chosen men to helpe him with siluer aud golde and muche furniture 27 Neuertheles he wolde not receiue thē but brake all the couenant which he had made with him afore and withdrewe him self frō him 28 And sent vnto him Athenobius one of his friends to cōmune with him saying Ye with holde Ioppe and Gazara with the castle that is at Ierusalem the citie of my realme 29 Whose borders ye haue destroyed done great hurt in the land and haue the gouerne ment of anie places of my kingdome 30 Wherefore now deliuer the cities which ye haue taken with the tributes of the places that ye haue rule ouer without the borders of 〈◊〉 31 Orels giue me for them fiue hundreth talēts of siluer and for the harme that ye haue done and for the tributes of the places other fiue hundreth talents if not we wil come fight against you 32 So Athenobius the Kings friend came to Ierusalem and when he sawe the honour of
haue writen vnto you and ye shall do well if ye kepe the same dayes 17 We hope also that the God which deliuered all his people and gaue an heritage to them all and the kingdome and the priesthode and the Sanctuarie 18 * As he promised in the Law will shortely haue mercy vpon vs and gather vs together from vnder the heauen into his holye place for he hathe saued vs from great perils and hathe clensed the place 19 As concerning Iudas Maccabeus and his brethren the purification of the great Tēple and the dedication of the altar 20 And the warres against Antiochus Epiphanes and Eupator his sonne 21 And the manifest signes that came from heauen vnto those whiche manfully stode for the Iewes religiō for thogh thei were but fewe yet they ranne through whole countries and pursued the barbarous armies 22 And repaired the Temple that was renoumed thorow out all the worlde and deliuered the citie established the Lawes that were like to be abolished because the Lord was merciful vnto them with all lenitie 23 We will assaye to abridge in one volume those things that Iason the Cyrenean hath declared in fiue bokes 24 For considering the wonderful nomber the difficultie that thei haue that wolde be occupied in the rehearsal of stories because of the diuersitie of the matters 25 We haue indeuored that they that wolde read might haue pleasure that they whiche are studious might easily kepe them in memorie and that who so euer read them might haue profite 26 Therefore to vs that haue taken in hand this greate labour it was no easie thing to make this abbridgement but required bo the sweat and watching 27 Like as he that maketh a feast and seketh others mens commoditie hathe no smale labour so we also for manie mens sakes are verie wel content to vnder take this great labour 28 Leauing to the autor the exact diligence of euerie particular we wil labour to go forowarde according to the prescript order of an abbridgement 29 For as he that wil buylde a newe house must prouide for the whole buylding but he that setteth out the plat or goeth about to painte it seketh but onely what is comlie for the decking thereof 30 Euen so I thinke for vs that it apperteineth to the first writer of a storie to enter depely into it and to make mencion of all thinge and to be curious in euerie parte 31 But it is permitted to him that wil shorten it to vse fewe wordes and to auoyde those things that are curious therein 32 Here then wil we beginne the storie adding thus muche to our former wordes that it is but a foolish thing to abonde in wordes before the storie and to beshorte in the storie CHAP. III. 1 Of the honour done vnto the Temple by the Kings of the Gentiles 6 Simō vttereth what treasure is in the Tēple 9 Heliodorus is sente to take them away 26 He is striken of God and healed at the prayer of Onias 1 WHat time as the holy cītie was inhabited with all peace and when the Lawes were very wel kept because of the godlines of Onias the hie Priest hatred of wickednes 2 It came to passe that euen the Kings did honour the place and garnished the Temple with great giftes 3 In so muche that Seleuchus King of Asia of his owne rentes bare all the costes belonging to the seruice of the sacrifices 4 But one Simon of the tribe of Beniamin being appointed ruler of the Temple contended with the hie Priest cōcerning the iniquitie committed in the citie 5 And when he colde not ouercome Onias he gate him to Apollonius the 〈◊〉 of Thraseas which then was gouernour of Coelosyria and Phenice 6 And tolde him that the treasurie in Ierusalē was ful of innumerable money which did not belong to the prouision of the sacrifices and that it were possible that these things might come into the Kings hands 7 Now when Appollonius came to the King and had shewed him of the money as it was tolde him the King chose out Heliodorus his treasurer and sent him with a commandement to bring him the foresaid money 8 Immediately Heliodorus toke his iourney as thogh he wolde visite the cities of Coelosyria and Phenice but in effect to fulfil the Kings purpose 9 So when he came to Ierusalem and was courteously receiued of the hie Priest into the citie he declared what was determined concerning the money and shewed the cause of his comming and asked if these things were so in dede 10 Then the hie Priest tolde him that there were suche things laid vp by the widdowes and fatherles 11 And that a certeyne of it belonged vnto Hircanus the sonne of Tobias a noble mā and not as that wicked Simon had reported that in all there were but foure hundreth talents of siluer and two hundreth of golde 12 And that it were altogether vnpossible to do this wrong to them that had committed it of trust to the holines of the place Tēple which is honored thorow the whole worlde for holines and integritie 13 But Heliodorus because of the Kings cōmandemēt giuen him said that in any wise it must be broght into the Kings treasurie 14 So he appointed a daye and went into take order for these things then there was no smale grief thorowout the whole citie 15 For the Priests fell downe before the altar in the Priests garments and called vnto heauen vpon him which had made a Lawe concerning things giuen to be kept that they shulde be safely preserued for such as had committed them to be kept 16 Thē thei that loked the high Priest in the face were wounded in their heart for hys countenance and the changing of his colour declared the sorowe of his minde 17 The man was so wrapped in feare and trēbling of the bodie that it was manifest to them that loked vpon him what sorow he had in his heart 18 Others also came out of their houses by heapes vnto the cōmune praier because the place was like to come vnto contempt 19 And the women girt with sackecloth vnder their breastes filled the stretes and the virgines that were kept in ranne some to the gates some to the walles others loked out of the windowes 20 And all helde vp their hands toward heauen and made prayer 21 It was a lamentable thing to se the multitude that fell downe of all sortes and the expectation of the high Priest being in such anguish 22 Therefore thei called vpon the almightie Lord that he wolde kepe 〈◊〉 and sure the things which were layed vp for those that had deliuered them 23 Neuertheles the thing that Heliodorus was determined to do that did he performe 24 And as he his souldiers were now there presēt by the treasurie he that is the Lord of the Spirits and of all power shewed a great vision so that all thei whiche presumed to come with him were
fore said Simons brother to beare the money vnto the King and to bring to passe certeine necessarie affaires whereof he had giuen him a memorial 24 But he being commended to the King magnified him for the appearance of hys power and turned the priesthode vnto him self for he gaue thre hundreth talents of siluer more then Iason 25 So he gate the Kings letters patentes albeit he had nothing in him self worthye of the hie priesthode but bare the stomacke of a cruel tyrant and the wrathe of a wilde beast 26 Then Iason which had disceiued his owne brother being deceiued by another was compelled to flee into the countrey of the Ammonites 27 So Menelaus gate the dominion but as for the money that he had promised vnto the King he toke none order for it albeit Sostratus the ruler of the castel required it 28 For vnto him apperteined the gathering of the customes wherefore they were both called before the King 29 Now Menelaus left his brother Lysimachus in his stead in the priesthode and Sostratus left Crates which was gouernour of the Cyprians 30 ¶ Whiles these things were in doing the Tharsians and they of Mallot made insurrectiō because thei were giuē to the Kings concubine called Antiochis 31 Thē came the King in all haste to appease the busines leauing Andronicus a man of autoritie to be his lieutenant 32 Now Menelaus supposing that he had gotten a conuenient time stole certeine vessels of golde out of the Temple gaue certeine of them to Andronicus and some he solde at Tyrus and in the cities thereby 33 Which when Onias knewe of a suretie he reproued him and withdrewe him self into Sanctuarie at Daphne by Antiochia 34 Wherefore Menelaus taking Andronicus a parte prayed him to slay Onias so when he came to Onias he counseled hym craftely giuing him his right hād with an othe howbeit he suspect him and persuaded him to come out of the Sanctuarie so he slewe him incontinently without anye regarde of righteousnes 35 For the which cause not onely the Iewes but many other nacions also were grieued and toke it heauily for the vnrighteous death of this man 36 ¶ And when the King was come againe frō the places about Cilicia the Iewes that were in the citie certeine of the Grekes that abhorred the fact also cōplained because Onias was slaine without cause 37 Therfore Antiochus was sorie in his mind and he had compassion and wept because of the modestie and great discretiō of hym that was dead 38 Wherefore being kindled with angre he toke away Andronicus garmēt of purple and rent his clothes and commanded him to be led through out the citie and in the same place where he had cōmitted the wickednes against Onias he was slaine as a murtherer Thus the Lord rewarded hym his punishment as he had deserued 39 ¶ Now when Lysimachus had done manye wicked dedes in the citie through the coūsel of Menelaus and the brute was spred abroad the multitude gathered them together against Lysimachus for he had caryed out now muche vessel of golde 40 And when the people arose and were full of angre Lysimachus armed aboute thre thousand and begā to vse vnlauful power a certeine tyrāt being their captaine who was no lesse decayed in wit then in age 41 But when they vnderstode the purpose of Lysimachus some gate stones some great clubbes some cast handfuls of dust which lay by vpon Lysimachus men and those that inuaded them 42 Whereby manie of them were wounded some were slaine and all the other chased away but the wicked Church robber him self they killed besides the treasurie 43 For these causes an accusation was laide against Menelaus 44 And when the King came to Tyrus thre men sent from the Senat pleaded the cause before him 45 But Menelaus being now conuinced promised to Ptolemeus the sonne of Dorime nes muche money if he wold persuade the King 46 So Ptolemeus went to the King into a courte where as he was to coule him self turned the Kings minde 47 In so muche that he discharged Menelaus from the accusacions notwithstanding he was the cause of all mischief and condemned those poore men to death which if they had tolde their cause yea before the Scythians thei shulde haue bene heard as innocent 48 Thus were they sone punished vniustly which followed vpon the matter for the ci tie and for the people and for the holie vessels 49 Wherefore they of Tyrus hated that wic kednes and ministred all things liberally for their buryal 50 And so through the couetousnes of them that were in power 〈◊〉 remained in authoritie increasing in malice and decla red him selfe a great traitor to the citizens CHAP. V. 2 Of the signes and tokens sene in Ierusalém 6 Of the end and wickednes of Iason 11 The pursute of Antiochus against the Iewes 15 The spoiling of the Temple 27 Maccabeus fleeth into the wildernes 1 ABout the same time Antiochus vndertoke his seconde voyage into Egypt 2 And then were there sene through out all the citie of Ierusalem fortie dayes long horsemen running in the aire with robes of golde and as bandes of speare men 3 And as troupes of horsemen set in array in coūtering coursing one against another with shaking of shields and multitude of dartes and drawing of swordes shoting of arrowes and the glittering of the golden armour sene and harnes of all sortes 4 Therefore euerieman prayed that those tokens might turne to good 5 Now when there was gone forthe a false rumour as thogh Antiochus had benedead Iason toke at the lest a thousand men and came suddenly vpon the citie they that were vpon the walles being put backe the citie at length taken 6 Menelaus fled into the castel but Iason slewe his owne citizēs without mercie not considering that to haue the aduantage against his kinsmen is greatest disaduātage but thoght that he had gottē the victorie of his enemies and not of his owne naciō 7 Yet he gate not the superioritie but at the last receiued shame for the rewarde of hys traison and went againe like a vagabound into the countrey of the Ammonites 8 Finally he had this end of his wicked conuersation that he was accused before Areta the King of the Arabians and fled from citie to citie being pursued of euerie man and hated as a forsaker of the Lawes and was in a bominacion as an ennemie of his countrey and citizens and was driuen into Egypt 9 Thus he that had chased manie out of their owne countrey perished as a banished mā after that he was gone to the Lacedemonians thinking there to haue gotten succour by reason of kinred 10 And he that had cast manie out vnburyed was throwen out him selfe no man mourning for him nor putting him in his graue nether was he partaker of hys fathers sepulchre 11 ¶ Now when these things that were done were declared to the King he thoght that Iudea
commanded them to go ouer the water 19 Then came there a certeine Scribe and said vnto him Master I will folowe thee whether soeuer thou goest 20 But Iesus said vnto him The foxes haue holes and the birdes of the heauē haue nestes but the Sonne of man hathe not whereon to rest his head 21 ¶ And another of hys disciples said vnto him Master suffer me first to go and burye my Father 22 But Iesus said vnto hym Followe me and let the dead burye their dead 23 ¶ * And when he was entred into the ship his disciples followed him 24 And beholde there are se a greate tempest in the sea so that the ship was couered with waues but he was a slepe 25 Then his disciples came and awoke hym saying Master saue vs we perish 26 And he said vnto them Why are ye feareful ô ye oflytle faith Then he arose and rebuked the windes and the sea and so there was a great calme 27 And the men marueiled saying What man is thys that bothe the windes and the sea obey him 28 ¶ * And when he was come to the other side into the countrey of the Gergesenes there met hym two possessed wyth deuils which came out of the graues verie fierce so that no man might go by that waye 29 And beholde they cryed out saying Iesus the Sonne of God what haue we to do with thee Art thou come hether to torment vs before the time 30 Now there was a farre of frō them a great herd of swine feeding 31 And the deuils besoght hym saying If thou caste vs out suffer vs to go into the herd of swine 32 And he sayd vnto them Go. So they went out ād departed into the herd of swine and beholde the whole herd of swine was caryed wyth violence from a 〈◊〉 downe place in the sea and dyed in the water 33 Then the herdmen fled and whē they were come into the citie they tolde althings and what was become of them that were posses sed with the deuils 34 And beholde all the citie came out to mete Iesus and whē thei sawe him they besoght him to departe out of their coasts CHAP. IX 2 He healeth the palsie 5 And forgiueth sinnes 9 He calleth and visiteth Matthewe 13 Mercie 15 He answereth the Pharises and Iohns disciples 16 Of the rawe clothe and new wine 22 He healeth the womā of the bloodie yssue 25 He raiseth Iairus daughter 29 Giueth two blinde men their sight 33 Maketh a domme mā to speake 35 Preacheth and healeth in diuerse places 38 And exhor teth to prayers for the aduancement of the Gospel 1 THen he entred into a ship and passed ouer and came into his owne citie 2 And * lo they broght to hym a man sicke of the palsie lying on a bed And Iesus seyng their faith said to the sicke of the palsie Sonne be of good comfort thy sinnes are forgiuen thee 3 And beholde certeine of the Scribes sayd with them selues This man blasphemeth 4 But when Iesus sawe their thoghts he said Wherefore thinke ye euill thyngs in your hearts 5 For whether is it easier to say Thy sinnes are forgiuing thee orto say Arise ād walke 6 And that ye may knowe that the Sonne of man hathe autoritie in earth to forgiue sinnes then said he vnto the sicke of the palsie Arise take vp thy bed and go to thyne house 7 And he arose and departed to hys owne house 8 So when the multitude sawe it they marueiled and glorified God which had giuē such autoritie to men 9 ¶ * And as Iesus passed forthe from thence he saw a mā sitting at the receite of custome named Matthewe and sayd to him followe me And he arose and followed him 10 And it came to passe as Iesus sate at meat in his house beholde manie Publicanes and sinners that came thether sate downe at the table with Iesus and his disciples 11 And when the Pharises sawe that they said to hys disciples Why eateth your master with Publicanes and sinners 12 Now when Iesus heard it he sayd vnto thē The whole nede not a Physicion but they that are sicke 13 But go ye and learne what this is * I will haue mercie and not sacrifice for I am not come to call the ryghteous but the * sinners to repentance 14 ¶ * Then came the disciples of Iohn to him saying Why do we and the Pharises fast oft and thy disciples fast not 15 And Iesus sayd vnto them Can the children of the mariage chamber mourne as lōg as the bridegrome is with thē But the dayes wil come when the bridegrome shal be takē from them and then shal they fast 16 Moreouer no mā pieceth an olde garment with a piece of newe clothe for that that shulde fil it vp taketh awaye from the garment and the breache is worse 17 Nether do they put new wine into olde vessels for then the vessels wolde break and the wine wolde be spilt ād the vessels shulde perishe but they put newe wine into newe vessels and so are bothe preserued 18 ¶ * While he thus spake vnto them beholde there came a certeine ruler and worshipped him saying My daughter is nowe deceased but come and lay thine hand on her and she shal liue 19 And Iesus arose and followed him with his disciples 20 And beholde a woman which was diseased with anyssue of bloode twelue yeres came behinde him and touched the hemme of his garment 21 For she said in herself If I may touche but his garment onely I shal be whole 22 Then Iesus turned him aboute and seyng her did say Daughter be of good comfort thy fayth hathe made thee whole And the woman was made whole at that houre 23 Now whē Iesus came into the rulers house and sawe the minstrels and the multitude making noise 24 He said vnto them Get you hense for the maide is not dead but slepeth And they laughed hym to skorne 25 And when the multitude were put forthe he went in and toke her by the hand and the maide arose 26 And this bruite went through out all that land 27 And as Iesus departed thence two blinde men followed hym crying and saying O sonne of Dauid haue mercie vpon vs. 28 And when he was come in the house the blinde came to him ād Iesus said vnto them Beleue ye that I am able to do this And they said vnto him Yea Lord. 29 Then touched he their eyes saying Accor ding to your faith be it vnto you 30 And their eyes were opened ād Iesus char ged them saying Se that no man knowe it 31 But when they were departed they spred abroad his fame throughout all that land 32 ¶ * And as they wente out beholde they broght to him a domme
may be opened 36 And there was a Prophetesse one Anna the daughter of Phanuel of the tribe of Aser which was of a great age ād had liued with an hous band seuē yeres from her virginitie 37 And she was widowe about foure score and foure yeres and went not out of the Temple but serued God with fastings and prayers night and day 38 She then coming at the same instant vpon them confessed likewise the Lord and spake of him to all that loked for redemption in Ierusalem 39 And when thei had performed all things ac cording to the Law of the Lord they returned into Galile to their owne citie Nazaret 40 And the childe 〈◊〉 and vaxed strong in Spirit and was filled with wisdome and the grace of God was with him 41 ¶ Now his parents went to Ierusalem euerie yere * at the feast of the Passeouer 42 And whē he was twelue yere olde and they were come vp to Ierusalem after the custome of the feast 43 And had finished the dayes thereof as they returned the childe Iesus remained in Ierusa lem and Ioseph knewe not nor his mother 44 But they supposing that he had bene in the companie went a dayes iorney and soght him among their kinsfolke and acquaintance 45 And whē they founde him not they turned backe to Ierusalem and soght him 46 And it came to passe thre dayes after that they founde him in the Tēple sitting in the middes of the doctours bothe hearing thē and asking them questions 47 And all that heard him were astonied at his vnderstanding and answers 48 So when thei saw him they were amased his mother said vnto him Sonne why hast thou thus dealt with vs beholde thy Father and I haue soght thee with heauie hearts 49 Then said he vnto them How is it that ye soght me knewe ye not that I must go about my fathers busines 50 But they vnderstode not the worde that he spake to them 51 Then he went downe with them and came to Nazaret was subiect to thē and his mother kept all these sayings in her heart 52 And Iesus increased in wisdome stature and in fauour with God and men CHAP. III. 3 The preaching baptisme and prisonment of Iohn 15 He is thoght to be Christ. 21 Christ is baptized 23 His age and genealogie 1 NOw in the fiftenth yere of the reigne of Tiberius Cesar Pontius Pilate being gouernour of Iudea Herode being tetrarch of Galile ād his brother Philippe tetrarch of lturea and of the countrey of Trachonitis and Lysanias the tetrarch of Abilene 2 * When Annas Caiaphas were the high Priests the worde of God came vnto Iohn the sonne of Zacharias in the wildernes 3 * And he came into all the coastes about Iordan preaching the baptisme of repentance for the remission of sinnes 4 As it is written in the boke of the sayings of Esaias the Prophet which saith * The voyce of him that cryeth in the wildernes is Prepare ye the way of the Lord make his paths straight 5 Euerie valley shal be filled and euerie moun taine and kil shal be broght lowe croked things shal be made straight and the rough wayes shal be made smothe 6 And all flesh shal se the saluation of God 7 Then said he to the people that were come out to be baptized of him * O generations of vipers who hathe forewarned you to flee from the wrath to come 8 Bring forthe therefore frutes worthie amendement of life and beginne not to say with your selues We haue Abrahā to our father for I say vnto you that God is able of these stones to raise vp children vnto Abraham 9 Now also is the axe laid vnto the roote of the trees therefore euerie tre whiche bringeth not forthe good frute shal be hewen downe and cast into the fyre 10 ¶ Then the people asked him saying What shal we do then 11 And he answered and said vnto them * He that hathe two coates let him parte with him that hath e none he that hathe meat let him do likewise 12 Then came there Publicanes also to be baptized and said vnto him Master what shal we do 13 And he said vnto thē Require no more then that which is appointed vnto you 14 The souldiers likewise demanded of him saying And what shal we do And he said vnto thē Do violence to no man nether accuse anie falsely and be content with your wages 15 As the people waited and all men mused in their hearts of Iohn if he were not the Christ 16 Iohn answered and said to them all * In dede I baptize you with water but one stron gerthen I cometh whose shoes latcher I am not worthie to vnlose he wil baptize you with the holie Gost and with fyre 17 * Whose fanne is in his hād he wil make cleane his flooer wil gather the wheat into his garner but the chaff wil he burne vp with fyre that neuer shal be quenched 18 Thus then exhorting with manie other things he preached vnto the people 19 * But when Herode the tetrarch was rebuked of him for Herodias his brother Philippes wife and for all the euils which Herode had done 20 He added yet this aboue all that he shut vp Iohn in prison 21 * Now it came to passe as all the people were baptized and that Iesus was baptized and did pray that the heauen was opened 22 And the holie Gost came downe in a bodlie shape like a doue vpon him and there was a voyce from heauen saying Thou art my beloued Sonne in thee I am wel pleased 23 ¶ And Iesus him self began to be about thir tie yere of age being as men supposed the sō ne of Ioseph which was the sonne of Eli 24 The sonne of Matthat the sonne of Leui the sonne of Melchi the sonne of Ianna the sonne of Ioseph 25 The sonne of Mattathias the sonne of Amos the sonne of Naum the sonne of Esli the sonne of Nagge 26 The sonne of Maath the sonne of Matta thias the sonne of Semei the sonne of Io seph the sonne of Iuda 27 The sonne of Ioanna the sonne of Rhesa the sonne of Zorobabel the sonne of Salathiel the sonne of Neri 28 The sonne of Melchi the sonne of Addi the sonne of Cosam the sōne of Elmodā the sonne of Er 29 ¶ The sonne of Iose the sonne of Eliezer the sonne of Iorim the sonne of Mat that the sonne of Leui 30 The sonne of Simeon the sonne of Iuda the sonne of Ioseph the sonne of Ionan the sonne of Eliacim 31 The sonne of Melea the sonne of Mainā the sonne of Mattatha the sonne of Nathan the sonne of Dauid 32 The sonne of Iesse the sonne of Obed the sonne of Booz the sonne
Sabbath day 6 And they colde not answer him againe to those things 7 ¶ He spake also a parable to the ghests whē he marked how they chose out the chief roumes and said vnto them 8 When thou shalt be bidden of anie man to a wedding set not thy self down in the chiefest place lest a more honorable mā thē thou be bidden of him 9 And he that bade bothe him and thee come and say to thee Giue this man roume and thou then beginne with shame to take the lowest roume 10 * But when thou art bidden go sit downe in the lowest roume that when he that bade thee cometh he may say vnto thee Friend sit vp hier thē shalt thou haue worship in the presence of them that sit at table with thee 11 * For whosoeuer exalteth himself shal be broght low and he that humbleth him self shal be exalted 12 ¶ Thē said he also to him that had bidden him * When thou mak est a dyner or a supper call not thy friends nor thy brethren ne ther thy kinsemen nor the riche neighbours lest they also bid thee againe and a recompense be made thee 13 But when thou makest a feast call the poore the maimed the lame and the blind 14 And thou shalt be blessed because they can not recompense thee for thou shalt be recō pensed at the resurrection of the iuste 15 ¶ Now when one of them that sate at table heard these things he said vnto him Blessed is he that eateth bread in the kingdome of God 16 Then said he to him * A certeine mā made a great supper and bade manie 17 And sent his seruant at supper time to say to them that were bidden Come for all things are now ready 18 By they all with one minde began to make excuse The first said vnto him I haue boght a ferme and I must nedes go out and se it I pray thee haue me excused 19 And another said I haue boght fiue yoke of oxen and I go to proue them I pray thee haue me excused 20 And another said I haue maried a wife and therefore I can not come 21 So that seruant returned and shewed his ma ster these things Then was the good man of the house angrie and said to his seruāt Go out quickely into the places and stretes of the citie and bring in hither the poore and the maimed and the halt and the blinde 22 And the seruāt said Lord it is done as thou hast commanded and yet there is roume 23 Then the master said to the seruant Go out into the hie wayes and hedges and compel them to come in that mine house may be filled 24 For I say vnto you that none of those men which were bidden shal taste of my supper 25 Now there went great multitudes with him and he turned and said vnto them 26 If anie man come to me and hate not his father and mother and wife and children brethren and sisters yea and his owne life also he can not be my disciple 27 * And whosoeuer beareth not his crosse ād cometh after me can not be my disciple 28 For which of you minding to builde a towre sitteth not downe before and coun teth the cost whether he haue sufficient to performe it 29 Lest that after he hathe laid the fundation and is notable to performe it all that beholde it beginne to mocke him 30 Saying This man began to buylde and was notable to make an end 31 Or what King going to make warre against another King sitteth not downe first and taketh counsel whether he be able with ten housand to mete him that cometh against him with twentie thousand 32 Orels while he is yet a great way of he sendeth an ambassage and desireth condicions of peace 33 So likewise whosoeuer he be of you that forsaketh not all that he hathe he can not be my disciple 24 * Salt is good but if salt haue loste his sauour where with shal it be salted 35 It is nether mete for the land nor yet for the dongue hil but men cast it out He that hathe eares to heare let him heare CHAP. XV. 2 The Pharises murmure because Christ receiueth sinners 4 The louing mercie of God is openly set forthe in the parable of the hundreth shepe 7 loye in heauen for one sinner 12 Of the prodigal sonne 1 THen resorted vnto him all the Publicanes and sinners to heare him 2 Therefore the Pharises and scribes murmured saying He receiueth sinners and eateth with them 3 Then spake he this parable to them saying 4 * What man of you hauing an hundreth shepe if he loose one of them doeth not leaue ninetie and nine in the wildernes go after that which is lost vntil he finde it 5 And when he hathe founde it he laieth it on his shulders with ioye 6 And when he cometh home he calleth together his friends and neighbours saying vn to them Reioyce with me for I haue founde my shepe which was lost 7 I say vnto you that likewise ioye shal be in heauē for one sinner that conuerteth more then for ninetie and nine iuste men which nede none amendement of life 8 Ether what woman hauing ten pieces of siluer if she loose one piece doeth not light a candel and swepe the house and seke diligently til she finde it 9 And when she hathe founde it she calleth her friends and neighbours saying Reioyce with me for I haue founde the piece which I had lost 10 Likewise I say vnto you there is ioye in the presēce of the Angels of God for one sinner that conuerteth 11 ¶ He said moreouer A certeine mā had two sonnes 12 And the yonger of them said to hys Father Father gyue me the portion of the goods that falleth to me So he deuided vnto them his substance 13 So not longe after when the yonger sonne had gathered altogether he toke his iorney into a farre countrey and there he wasted his goods with riotous liuing 14 Nowe when he had spent all there arose a greate dearth throughout that land and he began to be in necessitie 15 Then he went and claue to a citizen of that countrey and he sent hym to hys farme to feede swine 16 And he wolde faine haue filled hys bellye with the huskes that the swine ate but no man gaue them him 17 Then he came to him selfe and said Howe manie hired seruaunts at my Fathers haue bread ynough and I dye for hunger 18 I will rise and go to my father and say vnto hym Father I haue sinned against heauen and before thee 19 And am no more worthie to be called thy sonne make me as one of thy hired seruāts 20 So he arose and came to hys Father and when he was yet a great way of hys Father sawe him and
here he speaketh as man iudgeth by his eye for els the moone is les se then the planete Saturnus o To giue it sufficient light as in 〈◊〉 appoin ted for the same to serue to mans vse Iere. 31. 35. () I he 4 day p As fish and wormes which slide swimme or crepe †Ebr the soule of life †Ebr face of the 〈◊〉 q The fish fou les had both 〈◊〉 beginning whe rein we se that nature 〈◊〉 place to Gods wil forasmuche as the one sorte is made to flie aboue in the ayre the other to swimme 〈◊〉 in the water r That is by the vertue of his worde he gaue power to his creatures to ingendre () The 5 day Chap. 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 6. 1. Cor. 〈◊〉 7. †Ebr. soule of lif Colos. 3. 10. s God commanded the water and the earth to bring forthe other creatures but of man he saith Let vs make signifying that God taketh counsel with his wisdome vertue purposing to make an excel lent worke aboue all the rest of his creation t This image licknes of God in man is expounded Ephes. 4. 24. Where it is writen that man was created after God in righteousnes ād true holines meaning by these two wordes all perfection as wisdo me trueth innocentie 〈◊〉 c. wisdo 2. 〈◊〉 Eccles. 17 1. u The propagacion of man is the blessing of God 〈◊〉 128. Chap. 8. 17 91. Marth 19. 4. x Gods great liberalitie to man taketh away all excuse of his ingratitude Chap. 9 〈◊〉 Exod. 3. 17. Ecel es 39. 21. () The 6. day Mar. 7. 37. Chap. 11. a That is the in numerable abun dance of creaturesin heauen earth Exod. 20. 11. 31. 17. Eb. 4. 4 b For he had now finished his creacion but his prouidence stil watched ouer his creatures and gouerneth them c Appointed it to be kepe holy that man might therein consider the excellencie of his workes Gods goodnes towards him “ Or the original and beginning Chap. 21 15 “ Or tre as d God onely openeth the heauens 〈◊〉 them he sendeth drought and raine according to his good pleasure e He sheweth whereof mans bodye was created to the intent that man shulde not glorie in the 〈◊〉 of his owne nature f This was the name of a 〈◊〉 as some thinke in 〈◊〉 moste pleasant and abundant in all things g Which was a signe 〈◊〉 the life receaued of God h That is of miserable experien ce which came by 〈◊〉 God Eccle 24 35. i Which 〈◊〉 is a countrey 〈◊〉 ning to Persia Estwarde and enclineth towarde the west “ Or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ne or perle 〈◊〉 sayth it is the name of a tre “ Or Ethiopia “ Or 〈◊〉 “ Or 〈◊〉 “ Or 〈◊〉 k God wolde not haue man ydle thogh as 〈◊〉 there was no nede to labour l So that man might 〈◊〉 there was a 〈◊〉 reigne 〈◊〉 to w omehe owed obedience †Ebr in the day m By this 〈◊〉 he meaneth the separaciō of man from God 〈◊〉 is our life and chief felicitie 〈◊〉 also that our disobedience is the cause thereof †Ebr. before him n By mouing them to come 〈◊〉 submit them selues to Adám †Ebr 〈◊〉 o Signifying that mankinde was perfit 〈◊〉 the woman 〈◊〉 created which before 〈◊〉 like an vnpersit buylding 1. Cor. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Mat. 〈◊〉 5. Mar. 10 〈◊〉 Cor. 6. 16. * Ephes 5. 3. “ Or. Man nes be cause she cōmeth of man for in Ebr Ish. is man and Ishah the woman p So that maria ge requireth a greater 〈◊〉 of vs towarde our wiues then otherwise we are bounde to shewe to our parents q For before sinne entred all things were honest 〈◊〉 * Wisdo 2. 25. a As 〈◊〉 can change himselfe into an Angel of light so did he abuse the wisdome of the 〈◊〉 to deceaue man b God suffered 〈◊〉 to make the 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 and to speakein him c In douting of Gods 〈◊〉 earning she yelded to Satan * 2. Cor. 11. 3. d This is Satans 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to cause ye 〈◊〉 to feare Gods threatenings e As though he f hulde say God doeth not forbid you to eat of the fru e saue that he knoweth that if you shulde eat thereof you 〈◊〉 be like to him g They began to fele their miserie but they soght not to God for redemie 〈◊〉 25. 〈◊〉 1 Timo 〈◊〉 14. †Ebr. things to girdeabout them to hide their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Not 〈◊〉 muche to please his wife as moued by am bicion at her per suasion “ Or winde h The sinful con sci nce 〈◊〉 Gods presence i His hypocrisie appearethin that he hid the cause of his nakednes which was the 〈◊〉 of Gods commandement k His wickedues and lacke of true repentance appearethin this that he burdeneth God with his faute because he had giuen him a wife l In stead of con fessing her sinne she increaseth it by accusing the serpent m He arked the reason of Adam and his wife be cause he wolde 〈◊〉 not the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 him 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 r The Lord comfor 〈◊〉 Adam by the promes of the 〈◊〉 sed sede and also 〈◊〉 the body for 〈◊〉 sinne which the soule shulde 〈◊〉 bene 〈◊〉 for that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 hauing 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 might 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 s The 〈◊〉 of Gods co 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the cause 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 mankinde and all other creatures were subiect to the curse 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not ouercome hem t These are 〈◊〉 the natural frutes of the earth but procede of the corruption of sinne u Or gaue 〈◊〉 knowledge to make them selues 〈◊〉 x By this 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 Adams 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 was fallen by ambition y Adam depriued of life lost also the signe thereof 1. Cor. 4. 4. a Mans 〈◊〉 state of 〈◊〉 and Gods blessing were not 〈◊〉 abolished through 〈◊〉 but the 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 thereof was chan ged b That is 〈◊〉 to the Lords promes as Chap. 3. 15. some read To the Lord as reioycing for the sonne which she had bor ne whome she wolde offer to the Lord as the first 〈◊〉 of her birth c This declareth that the father instructed his childiē in the knowledge of God and also how god gaue thē sacrifices to signifie their saluacion albeit they were 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 of the tre of life d Because he was an hypocrite and 〈◊〉 onely for an ourwarde shew without 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 e Bothe thou thy sacrificeshalbe 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Ebr. 11. 4. f Sinne shal 〈◊〉 torment thy 〈◊〉 g The 〈◊〉 of the first 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to Kain ouer Habel VVisdo 10. 3. 〈◊〉 23 35 1 〈◊〉 3. 12. Iud 21 h This is the nature of the 〈◊〉 When thei are reproued of their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to neglect God and despite him i God reuengeth the Wrongs of his Saints thogh none 〈◊〉 for the iniquitie it selfe 〈◊〉 for vengeance k The earth
c Meaning the wonders and mi racles d Héres by turnyng the 〈◊〉 backward is 〈◊〉 as Iosh 24. 30. e 〈◊〉 is al maner of idoles f These were idoles which had the forme of an eweor shepe among the Sidonians Psal. 44. 〈◊〉 Isa. 50. 1. g In all their enterprises h The vengeance “ Or Magistrates †Ebr. saued i Meaning from the true religion †Ebr. repented k Seing their crueltie Chap. 3. 〈◊〉 †Ebr. corrupte them selues l As the 〈◊〉 Iebusites Amorites c. m So that bothe outwarde enemies and false Prophets are but a tryal to proue our 〈◊〉 Deut. 13. 3. a Which were acheued by the handof God and not by the power of man b For thei trusted in God and hefought for thē c Contrary to Gods commandement d Trees or woods erected for idolatrie Or Mesoporamia e He was stirred vp by the Spirit of the Lord. “ Or Syria f That is 32. vnder Ioshua 8. vnder Othnièl g So that the ene mies of Gods people haue no power ouer thē but by Gods appointement “ Or 〈◊〉 “ Or 〈◊〉 handed “ Or caused a dagger to be ma de h Or as some read from the places of idoles i Til all be depar ted “ Or 〈◊〉 †Ebr. he couereth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 “ Or caused the trumpet to be blowen Nomb. 20. 2. “ Or strong and big bodied †Ebr. humbled k Meaning the Israelites l So that it is not the nomber not the meanes that God regardeth when he wil get the victorie †Ebr. added or 〈◊〉 to do euil a There was an 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 who 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 killed and 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 Hazor Iosh 〈◊〉 13. b That is in a wood or strong place c By the Spirit of prophecie resoluing of controuersies and de claring the wil of God d And reueiled vnto me by the Spirit 〈◊〉 prophe 〈◊〉 “ 〈◊〉 valiey 〈◊〉 83. 10. e 〈◊〉 his owne weakenes and his enemies power he desireth the Prophetesse to go with himto 〈◊〉 him of Gods wil 〈◊〉 time to time “ Or he led after him 10000. men “ Or posteritie Nomb 10. 20. 〈◊〉 from kain f Meanin g that he 〈◊〉 a great parte of that countrey g She stil encou rageth him to this entreprise by assuring him of Gods 〈◊〉 and aide Psal. 83. 10. h Whose 〈◊〉 were strangers but 〈◊〉 the true God and therefo re were ioyned with 〈◊〉 “ Or 〈◊〉 Chap. 5. 〈◊〉 i To wit Siserá k That is the pin ne or stake whereby it was faste ned to the 〈◊〉 l So he sawe the a womā had the honour as Debo ráh prophecied †Ebr. 〈◊〉 and was strong a To 〈◊〉 the two tribes of zebulun and Naph 〈◊〉 Deut. 4. 11. Deut. 2. 1. Psal. 97. 5. Exod. 19. 18. Chap. 3 〈◊〉 Chap. 4. 18. b Forfeare of the enemies c Miraculously 〈◊〉 vp of God to 〈◊〉 deliuer them d They had no heart to resist their enemies e Ye gouerners f As in dāger of your enemies g For now you may drawe water without feare of your enemies h To wit them that kept thy people in captiuitie i Ioshua first fought against Amalék Saul destroyed him k Euen the learned did helpe to fight l Euē the whole 〈◊〉 m They merueiled that they came not ouer Iordén to helpe them n She reproueth althē that came not to helpe their brethren in their 〈◊〉 o Ether by beating of thesea or by mining p They wanne nothing but lost 〈◊〉 q As a besome doeth thesil the of the house r It was a 〈◊〉 nere Tabor where they 〈◊〉 s Some read churned milke in a great cup. †Ebr. destroyed “ Or fere t That is she com 〈◊〉 her selfe u Because he was chief of the armie x Shal growe daily more and more in Gods fa 〈◊〉 a For feare of the Midianites thei fled into the 〈◊〉 of themo 〈◊〉 “ Or of kedém b Euen almost the whole countrey c This is the end of Gods punishe ments to call his to repentance that they may seke for helpe of him 2. king 17. 39. Iere. 10. 2. “ Or to prepare his flight d This came not of distrust but of weakenes of faith which is in the moste perfect for no man in this life can haue aperfect faith but the children of God haue a true faith whereby they be iustified e That is Christ appearing 〈◊〉 visible forme f Whiche I haue giuen thee “ Or familie g So that we se how the 〈◊〉 is enemie vnto Gods vocation whiche can not be persuaded without signes h Of Epháh read Exod 16. 36. i By the power of God 〈◊〉 as in the 〈◊〉 of Helias 1. king 18. 38. 〈◊〉 33 20. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 22. “ Or the Lord 〈◊〉 peace k That is as the Chalde text 〈◊〉 fed 〈◊〉 yeres l Which growed aboue Baals altar m Meaning the fat bul which was kept to be offredvnto 〈◊〉 n Thus we 〈◊〉 to iust 〈◊〉 them that are zelous of Gods cause though all the multitude be against vs. †Ebr. clad 〈◊〉 Nomb. 10. 3. o The familie of Abiézer whereof he was Chap 3. 27. p This 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not of infidelitie but that he might be confirmed in his vocation Gen. 18. 32. q Whereby he was assured that it was a miracle of God Chap. 8. 38. “ Ebr. Enharod “ Ebr. Hammoréb a God wil not that anie creature depriue him of his glorie Deut. 20. 5. 1. Mac. 〈◊〉 56. b I wil giue thee a proose to knowe thē that shal go with thee c 〈◊〉 thē departe as 〈◊〉 for this enterprise d That is the one and thirtie thou sand and 700 †Ebr. in their hands Or incouraged e Thus the Lord by diuers meanes doth strengthen him that he faint not in so great an enterprise Chap. 6. 〈◊〉 f Some read 〈◊〉 trembling 〈◊〉 of barley 〈◊〉 meaning that one of no repura cion shulde make their great ar mie to tremble g Or gaue God thankes as it is in the Chalde text “ Or 〈◊〉 brands h These weake meanes God vsed to signifie that the 〈◊〉 victorie came of him i That is the victorie shal be the Lords Gideōs his seruant k Shal destroy the enemies “ Or broke their 〈◊〉 Isa. 9 4. l The Lord 〈◊〉 sed the Midianites to kil one another m Meaning the passages or the foordes that thei shulde not escape Psal. 83. 12. Isa. 10. 26. n These places had their names of the actes that were done there a They began to 〈◊〉 because he had the glorie of the victorie b Which haue 〈◊〉 two prin ces Oréb and zeéb c This Iast act of the whole tribe is more famous then the whole enterprise of one man of one fami lie d Or some 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 †Ebr. that are at my fete e Because 〈◊〉 hast 〈◊〉 an handful 〈◊〉 thou to haue ouercome the whole †〈◊〉 beat in pieces f 〈◊〉 gotten 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 g A 〈◊〉
〈◊〉 beyonde 10. dén h He went by the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Arab ans dwelt in tentes i Some read before the sunne rose vp “ Or described †Ebr brake in pieces 28 one thres heth corne 1. king 12. 25. “ Or they werè like vnto thee k We came all our of one belly therefore I will be reuenged l Meaning that they wolde be rid out of their paine at once or els to haue a valiant man to 〈◊〉 them to death “ Or collers m That is thy posteritie n His intent was to shewe him selfe thankeful for this victorie by restoring of religion which because it was not according as God had cōmanded turned to their destruction “ Or swete balles o That is suche things as perceined to the vse of the tabernacle †Ebr. Which came out of his thigh p Which citie belonged to the familie of the Ezrites q That is Baal to whome they had bounde them selues by couenant r They were vnmindeful of God and vnkynd towerde him by whome they had receiued so greate 〈◊〉 a To practise with his kinsfolkes for the arteinynge of the kingdome b Of your kinted by my mothers side “ Or idle felowes and vacabonds c Thus tyrants to 〈◊〉 he theyr vsurped power spare not the innocent blood 1. King 10. 7. 2 Chron. 21. 4. d VVhich was as the to wne house or comō hal whiche he calleth the towre of Shechē 〈◊〉 49. e By this parable he declared that those that are not ambitious are moste worthy of honour and that the ambitious abuse their honor bothe to theyr owne destructiō and others “ Or thistel or breere f Abimélech shal destroye the nobles of Shechém †Ebr. he caste hys life farre frome him g That he is your King and you his subiectes h Because the peo ple consēted with the kinge in sheding innocent blood therefore God destroyeth bothe the one the other i Before 〈◊〉 afrayed of Abimélechs power and durst not go out of the citie k Braggingly as thogh he had bene present or to his captaine zebul †Ebr. craftely †Ebr. What thine hand can finde l Thou art 〈◊〉 of a 〈◊〉 †Ebr. by the nauel “ Or charmers m As theyr cap taine n VVhich were of his companie o That is shulde bevnfruteful and neuer serue to any vse p That is of Baalbetith as Chap. 8. 41. q Meanyng that all were destroyed aswelthey in the towre as the other 1. Sam. 11. 21. r Thus God by suche miserable death 〈◊〉 vegeance on 〈◊〉 in this life s For making a 〈◊〉 their King “ Or his vncle “ Or gouerned a Signifying thei were 〈◊〉 of autoritie “ Or the townes of 〈◊〉 as 〈◊〉 3. 14. Chap. 2 11. and 3. 7. 4. 1. 6. 1. 13. 1. Chap. 2. 〈◊〉 “ Or Syria “ Or deliuered b As the Reubenitas 〈◊〉 halfe the tribe of 〈◊〉 c Thei prayed to the Lord and cōfessed their sinnes d By 〈◊〉 thē vp some 〈◊〉 as Chap. 6 8. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 15. 〈◊〉 2. 13. e That is frō this present danger f This is true repentance to put away the euill to serue GOD a right Chap. 11. 6. †Ebr. a man o mightie force “ Or vitailer a That is of 〈◊〉 harlot as 〈◊〉 b VVhere the gouernour of the 〈◊〉 was cailed Tob. c Ioyned wyth hym as 〈◊〉 thinke 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 d Or ambassadours 〈◊〉 for that purpose e Men oft tymes are constrained to desire 〈◊〉 of them whom ebefore thei haue refused f Oft tymes those things which mē reiect God choseth to do greate enterprises by †Ebr. be the 〈◊〉 Nomb. 21. 13. †Ebr. in peace Deure 2. 9. Nomb. 20. 29. Nomb. 21. 〈◊〉 22 24. Deut. 2. 26. “ Or countrey g He trusted them not to go through his coun trey Deute 2. 36. h For We ought more to beleue obey God then thou thine idoles Nomb. 22. 2. Deute 23. 4. Iosh. 24. 9. i Meaning theyr ownes k To punishe the offender l That is the Spirit of strength zeale m As the Apostle commēdeth Iptah for his Worthy entreprise in deliueryng the people Ebr. 13. 32 so by his rashe vowe Wicked performance of the same his victorie Was defaced and here We se that the sinnes of the Godlye do not vtterly extin guish their faith “ Or the plaine n Accordyng to the maner after the victorie o Beinge ouercome With blynde zeale and not cōsidering Whether the vowe Was lawful or no. p 〈◊〉 it Was coūted as a shame in Israél to dye Without childrē and therfore they reioyced to be maryed a After they had passed Iorden b Thus ambicion enuieth Goddes Worke in others as they did also againste Gideon Chap. 8. 1. c That is I ventured mylyfe and Whē mans helpe fayled I put my trust only in God d Yeran from vs chose Gilead now in respect of vs ye are nothing e VVhiche signifieth the fall of Waters or an are of corne f 〈◊〉 thynke that this was 〈◊〉 the housband of 〈◊〉 †Ebr. sonnes sonnes “ Or 〈◊〉 Chap. 〈◊〉 11. 7. 7. 4. 1. 6 1. 〈◊〉 6 a Signifying that their deliuerance came onelye of God and not by mans power Nomb. 6 2 1. Sam. 1. 11. b Meanyng he shuld be separate from the Worlde and dedicate to God c If 〈◊〉 he not able to abide the sight of an Angel how much lesse the presence of God d He 〈◊〉 him selfe ready to obey Gods wil therefore desireth to know 〈◊〉 e It semeth that the Angel appeared vnto her twise in one day f He calleth him man because he so 〈◊〉 but he was Christ the eternall 〈◊〉 which at his time appointed became man g Anie thing forbidden by the Lawe h Shewing that he soght not 〈◊〉 owne honor but Gods whose messenger he was “ Or 〈◊〉 i 〈◊〉 sent fire 〈◊〉 heauen to consumetheir sacrifice to 〈◊〉 e their faith in his promes Exod 33. 20. Chap. 6. 22. k These graces that We haue receiued of God his accepting of our obedic̄ce are sure tokens of his loue toward vs so that nothynge can hurt vs. “ Or to come vpō hym at diuers times “ Ebr. take her for me to Wife a Thogh his parenes did iustelye reproue him yet it appareth that this Was the secret Worke of the Lord vers 4. b To fight against them for the deliuerance of Israél c VVhereby he had strength and boldenes “ Or to take her to his Wife d Meaning 〈◊〉 he was maried e That is her parents or friendes f To Weare at feastes or solemne dayes g Or drew neres for it Was the fourthe day “ Or to impouerishe vs. h Vnto thē Which are of my nacion i Or to the seuenth day beginning at the fourth k If ye had not vsed the helpe of my Wife l VVhich Was one of the fiue chief cities of the Philistims a That is I Wil
k For they knew that they ought not to obey the wicked cōmandement of the king in slaying the innocents l This was Gods 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 according to his 〈◊〉 preserued some of the house of Eli. Chap. 2. 33. Or he that taketh thy life shal take mine also a Whiche was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 Iosh. 15. 44. b That is in the middes of 〈◊〉 much more whē we come to the borders against our 〈◊〉 Chap. 22. 20. c By Gods 〈◊〉 dence the Ephod was preserued kept with Dauid the true king †Ebr. in his hand d To cōsult with the lord by 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 “ Or 〈◊〉 Or to fro 〈◊〉 hauing no certe 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to go to †Or strōg places e No power 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 can 〈◊〉 against Gods 〈◊〉 but whenhe 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 †Ebr. 〈◊〉 hande f 〈◊〉 assureth Dauid that God will accomplish hīs promes that 〈◊〉 father striueth against 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 conscience †Or of the Wildernes g The Lorde recompence this friendship †Ebr. where his fote hathe bene h In your 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 whi che is in 〈◊〉 i Which was also in the tribe of Indáh Iosh. 15. 5. k Thus the Lord cā 〈◊〉 backe the bridel 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 deliuer his out of 〈◊〉 lions mouthe l That isthe stone of 〈◊〉 because there they deuided them 〈◊〉 one frome another a That is 〈◊〉 places 〈◊〉 were defensed by nature b A citie of 〈◊〉 Iosh. 15. 62. †Ebr. to couer 〈◊〉 fete †Ebr. in the sides c Here wese how ready we 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 promes if the 〈◊〉 serue 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 litle d For seing is was his owne 〈◊〉 uate cause 〈◊〉 that he had touched his enemie e 〈◊〉 to the salse report of thē that said Dauid was Sauls enemie he 〈◊〉 him selfe to be his friend †Or the prouerbe 〈◊〉 an ancien man †Ebr. iudge f Thogh he was a most cruel enemie to Dauid yet by his great gen 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ce 〈◊〉 hym to 〈◊〉 †Ebr. a good waye g Thogh this tyrant saw and cō fessed the fauour of God towar de Dauid yet he cea seth not to perse 〈◊〉 him against his 〈◊〉 conscience Chap. 28. 3. Eccles. 〈◊〉 23. a That is among his owne kinred b Maon ād Carmel were 〈◊〉 in the tribe of lu dah 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 was in Galile †〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 c Some read so maiest thou liue in prosperitie the nexte yere 〈◊〉 thou c. †Ebr 〈◊〉 d VVhatsoeuer thou haste ready for vs. e Thus the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in stede of releuing the necessitie of Gods children vse to reuile their personnes and condemne their cause †Ebr. 〈◊〉 †Ebr. droue the awaye f VVhē we kepte our shepe in the wyldernes of Paran †Ebr. is accomplished †Ebr. bread †Or 〈◊〉 g Because she knewe his crooked nature that he wolde rather haue perished then consented to her 〈◊〉 h Meanyng by thys prouerbe that he wolde de stroy both 〈◊〉 and great †Ebr. in 〈◊〉 caues “ Or foole i That is that thou shuldest not be reuenged of thine enemie “ Or present †〈◊〉 Walke as the 〈◊〉 k Confirme hys kingdome to his 〈◊〉 †Ebr. from thy dayes l To Wit Saul m God shal preserue thee longe in his seruice ād destroye thyne enemies n That he hathe not auēged him selfe Whyche things Wold haue 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 o Read vers 26. p He attributeth it to the Lordes mercie and not to him selfe that he Was stayed †〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thy face q For he had no 〈◊〉 to cōsider or giue thankes for this great be nefite of deliuerance r For feare of the great danger “ Or reuenged s For he had experience of her greate godlynes Wisedome and humilitie s For he had experience of her greate godlynes Wisedome and humilitie †Ebr Went at her fete Iosh. 15. 55. 2. Sam. 3. 〈◊〉 t VVhiche 〈◊〉 place borderyng on the countrey of the Moabites Chap. 23. 〈◊〉 “ Or in 〈◊〉 “ Or the Wildernes a That is of the most skilfull and valiant soldiers “ Or to a 〈◊〉 teine place Chap. 14. 50. and 17. 〈◊〉 b VVho Was a stranger and not an 〈◊〉 c Who afterward Was Dauides chief captaine “ Or bilsler d Meaning he Wolde make him sure at one stroke e To Wit in his owne priuate cause for 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 kings at Gods appoint ment 2. king 9. 24. †Ebr. the heaue slepe of the lord Was fallen vpon them †Ebr. answerest f Estemed moste valiāc and mete to saue the king †Ebr. sonnes of death g Hereby it appeareth that the hypocrite 〈◊〉 Dauid against his owne 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 to his 〈◊〉 h Let his 〈◊〉 towarde vs be pacified by 〈◊〉 i As muche as laye in thē they compelled him to 〈◊〉 because they forced him to 〈◊〉 to the 〈◊〉 k Because thou 〈◊〉 my life this day l Thus he protestech his innocen 〈◊〉 toward Saul not defending his iustice in the sight of God in Whose presence none is righteous Psal. 14. 3 130. 3. m To Gibeáh of Beniamin a Dauid 〈◊〉 Gods prote ction and therefore fleeth vnto the idolaters Who Were enemies to Gods people b Thus God by his prouidence changeth the ene mies hearts and maketh them to fauour his in their 〈◊〉 c Let thine of 〈◊〉 sappoint me a place “ Ebr. the 〈◊〉 of the dayes d These Were the Wicked 〈◊〉 Whome God had appointed to be de stroyed “ Or against Whome e Which Were a familie 〈◊〉 the tribe of 〈◊〉 1. Chro. 2. 9. “ 〈◊〉 he doeth 〈◊〉 rely 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a Albeit it Was a great 〈◊〉 to Dauid to fight against the people of God yet suche Was his infirmitie he 〈◊〉 not deny him Chap. 23. 1. b According to the 〈◊〉 of God Exod. 22. 18. and Deut. 18. 10. c Meaning the hie Priest Exod. 28. 30. d He seketh not to God in his mi 〈◊〉 but is led by Satan to vnlaWful meanes Which in is conscience he 〈◊〉 “ Or punishemēt e He speaketh ac cording to his grosse ignorance not considering the state of the Saints after this life and howe Satan hathe no power ouer thē “ Or an excellent persone f To his imaginacion albeit it Was Satan Who to blinde his eyes toke vpon him theforme of Samuél as he can do of an Angel of light †Ebr. by the hād of Prophets g That is to Da uid “ Or ministerie Chap. 15. 28. h Ye shal be dead Chap. 〈◊〉 6. i The Wicked When they heare Gods 〈◊〉 tremble and dispaire but can not seke for mercie by repentance k I haue ventured my life l Because it required haste “ Or in Ala. “ Or captalnes a According to their bandes or ensignes b Meaning a 〈◊〉 tyme that is foure monethes certeme dayes Chap. 27 7. †Ebr. fell as Gen. chap. 25 18. 1. Chro. 12 19. c Wolde not 〈◊〉 receiue him to fa 〈◊〉 if he
them selues to all Wantornes and dssolution o VVhich declared their 〈◊〉 p As a signe that they Were not chaste q VVnich shewed their Wantonnes r Thei delited thē in slippers that did creake or had litle plates sowed vpō them Which tynckled as they Wēr s In rehearsing all these things particuliarly he sheweth the lightnes and vanitie of suche as cannot be content With 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 according to their 〈◊〉 t Meaning that God Wil not onely punish that Women but their housbādes Which haue suffred this 〈◊〉 and also that commune Weale Which hathnot remedied it Chap. IIII. a VVhen God shal execute this vengeance there shal not be one man founde to be the 〈◊〉 to manie Wo men and 〈◊〉 con 〈◊〉 to Womanly shamefastnes shal seke vnto mē and offer themsel ues to anie condition b Be 〈◊〉 our houshand and let vs be called thy Wines c For so they thoght it to be Without an head and housband d He comforteth the Church in this 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shal spring vp like abud signifying that Gods graces shulde be as plentiful towarde the faithful as thogh they sprang out of the earth as Chap 45. 8. Some by the bud of the Lord meane Christ e He alludeth to the boke of like Whereof read Exod. 32. 32. meaning Gods secret counsel Wherein his elect are predestinate to life euerlasting f That is the crueltie extortion anarice and all Wickednes g VVhen thingeshalbe redressed that Were amisse h He alludeth to the piller of the cloude Exod. 13. 21. meaning that Gods fauour and protection shulde appeare in euerie place i The faithful are called the glorie of God because his image and tokens of his grace shine in thē k God promiseth to be the defense of his Church against all troubles and dangers a This prophet by this song 〈◊〉 set before the peoples eyes their in gratitude Gods mercie b That is to God 〈◊〉 2. 21. c Meaning that he had planted his Church in a place 〈◊〉 moste plentiful and abūdant 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 d He spared no di 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 cost e In the seuenth verse he declareth What thei Were f He maketh them iudges in their owne cause forasmuche as it Was 〈◊〉 that they Were the cause of their owne ruine g I Wil take no more care for its meaning that he Wolde take from them his 〈◊〉 ministers and all other comfortes and send them cōtrarie plagues h Iudgement and righteousnes are true frutes of the feare of God and therefore in the cruel oppressers there is no religion i Of them that are oppressed k To Wit for the poore to dwellin l I haue heard the complaint 〈◊〉 of the poore m VVhich 〈◊〉 about ten pottels so that eue rie acre shulde but yelde one pottel n VVhich conteineth and hundreth pottels o An Ephah conteineth tē pottels and is in 〈◊〉 things as muche as bath is in licours p That spare no peine not diligen 〈◊〉 followe their lastes q VVhich are neuer weary of their rioting and excessiue pleasures but vse all meanes to prouoke to the same r They regar de not the prouident care of God ouer them 〈◊〉 for What end 〈◊〉 hathe 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 s 〈◊〉 shal certeinely go for so the Prophetes vse to speake as thogh the thing Which shal come to passe Were done already t Because thei 〈◊〉 de not obev the Worde of God u Meaning the graue shal swallowe vpthem that shal dye for hungre and thirst and yet for 〈◊〉 this great destruction it shal neuer be sa ciate x God comforteth the poore lambes of his Church Which had bene strangers in other countries promising that they shal de dwel in those places againe Whereof thei had 〈◊〉 depriued by thesat and cruel tyrants y VVhich vse all allurements occasions and excuses to 〈◊〉 their consciēce in sinne z He sheweth What are the Wor des of the Wicked When they are menaced With Gods iudgements 2 Pet. 3. 4. a VVhich are not ashamed of sinne not care for hone stie but are growē to a desperate impietie b VVhich are con temners of all doctrine and admoni nitions c VVhich are neuer Weary but shew their strēgth bragge in glot 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 d Sothe they and 〈◊〉 posteritie so that 〈◊〉 shal be lest e He sheweth that God had sosore pu nished this people that the dumme creatures if 〈◊〉 had beneso plagued Wolde haue bene more 〈◊〉 and therefore his plagues must continue til they begin to fele them f He Wil make the Babylonians to come against thē at his 〈◊〉 and to fight vnder his standerd g Thei shal be and 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 Gods vengeā ce h The enemie shal haue none impediment i VVhereby is declared the crueltie of the enemie k The Iewes shal finde no succour k In the land of Iu dah a God sheweth not him self 〈◊〉 man in his 〈◊〉 but according osmans capaci 〈◊〉 is able to comprehend 〈◊〉 that is is by visible signes as Iohn 〈◊〉 sawe the holie Gost in the forme of a dooue b As a iudgeready to giue sentence c Of 〈◊〉 garment or of his throne d They Were Angels so 〈◊〉 because they Were of a fyrie colour to signifie that they burnt in the loue of God or Were light as fyre to execuce his Wil. e Signifying that they Were not able to endure the brightnes of Godglorie f VVhereby Was declared that man Was not able to se the brightnes of God in them g VVhich thing de clareth the 〈◊〉 obedience of the gels to execute Gods commandement h 〈◊〉 oft repetition signifieth that the holy Angels can not satisfie them selues in praising God to teache vs that in all our liues We shulde giue out selues to the 〈◊〉 nual praise of God i His glorie doeth not onely appeare in the heauēs but through all thē Worlde and therefore all creatures are bounde to prai se him k VVhich things Were to confirme the Prophet that it Was not the voyce of man and by the smoke Was signified the blindenes that shulde come vpon the Iewes l He speaketh this for two causes 〈◊〉 one because he that Was a mortal creature and therefore had more nede to glorifie God then the Angels didit not the other because the more nere hat mā approcheth to God the more doeth he knowe his owne 〈◊〉 and corruption m Of the 〈◊〉 offrings Where the fyre neuer Went out n This declareth that man can not rendre true obedience to God til he haue purget vs. o VVhereby is declared that for the malice of man God Wil not immediatly take away his Worde but he Wil cause it to be preached to their condemnation when as they wil not learne thereby to obey his Wil and be saued hereby he exhorteth the ministers to do their duetie answereth to the Wicked murmurers that through their owne malice their 〈◊〉 is hardened Mat. 13. 14. act 28. 16. rom 〈◊〉 8. p As
h They that are 〈◊〉 come shall thinke that all the powers of heauen ād earth are 〈◊〉 them Ezek. 〈◊〉 7. i He compareth Babylon to the whole world because they so este med them selues by reason of their great empire k He 〈◊〉 the principal vice whereunto they were most giuen as are all that abunde in welth l He 〈◊〉 the great slaughter that shal be seing the enemie shall nether for golde or siluer spare a mās lif as 〈◊〉 17 Ioel. 3 15. m Meaning the power of Babylon with their hi red souldiers Psal. 〈◊〉 7. 9. Mat. 24. 29. n This was not accōplished whē Cyrus toke Baby lon but after the death of 〈◊〉 dre the Great o VVho vseth to go frome countrey to countrey to sinde pasture for their beastes but there shall they finde none Gene. 19. 25. Iere. 50. 40. p VVhiche were ether wilde beastes or foules or wicked Spirits where by Satan 〈◊〉 man as by the fairics goblins and suche lyke fan tasies a He she weth why God will hast to destroye his enemies to wit because he will 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 chu 〈◊〉 b Meaning that the 〈◊〉 shal be 〈◊〉 with the Churche and Worship God c 〈◊〉 that the Iewes shulde be superiours to the Gentles and that they shulde be broght vnder the seruice of christ by the prea ching of the Apo stles whereby all are 〈◊〉 to the subiection of Christ 2. Cor. 10 5 d Tha is 〈◊〉 fred all violence and iniuries to be done e Meaning that when tyrants rei gne there can be no rest nor quiet nes and also how detestable a thīg tyrānie is seyng the insēsible cre atures haue occa sion to reioyce at their destruction f As thogh they feared lest thou shuldest trouble the dead as thou didest the lyuing and here he derideth the proude tyrannie of the wycked Which knowe not that all creatures wish their destruction that theimaie reioyce g In stead of thy costly carpets couerings h Thou that thoghrest thy self most glorious as it were placed in the heauen for the morning star re that goeth before the sonne is called lucifer to whome Nebuchadnezzar is compared i Meaning Ierusalém whereof the Temple was on the North side as psal 48 2. whereby he meanech that 〈◊〉 fight against God whē thei persecute his Church wolde set them selues in his place k In marueling at thee l To set them at 〈◊〉 nothing his crueltie m Thou wast not buryed in the sepulchre of thy fa ther 's thy tyrānie was so abhorred n He calleth to the Medes Persians and all those that shulde execu te Gods vengeāce “ Or 〈◊〉 o 〈◊〉 I haue begō 〈◊〉 destroy the Assyrians in Saneherib so wil I continue and de 〈◊〉 wholy when I shal deli 〈◊〉 you from Ba bylon p Frō the Iewes q Read Chap. 13 1 r He willeth the Philistims not to 〈◊〉 because the 〈◊〉 are diminished in their power for their strength shal be streater then euer it was s The Israelites which were broght to moste extreme 〈◊〉 t To wit my peo ple. u That is 〈◊〉 the Iewes or Assyrians for they were both North from Palestina x But they shal be all ready and ioy ne together y VVhich shal come to enquire of the state of the Church z They shal answer that the Lord doeth 〈◊〉 his Church thē that ioyne then selues thereunto a Read Chap. 13 1. b The chief citie whereby the whole countrey wasment c The Moabites shal flee to their idolesfor succour but it shal be to late d Which were ci ties of Moáb e For as in the VVest partes the people vsed to let their heere growelong 〈◊〉 they mourned so in the Last partes they cut it of f The Prophet speaketh this in the persone of the Moabites or as one that felt the great iudgement of God that shuld come vpon thē g Meaning that it was a citie that euer liued 〈◊〉 sure neuer felt sordwe h He describeth the mise able idis sipation slight of the Moabites i To hide thē selues and their goods there k Of thē that are slaine l So that by no meanes they shulde escape the hand of God thus wil God punish the enemies of his Church a That is offer a sacrifice whereby he derideth their long delay which wolde not repent when the 〈◊〉 called thē shewing thē that it is now to late seing the vē geance of God is vpon them b There is no remedie but you must flie c He sheweth what 〈◊〉 shu de haue done when Israél their neighbour was in affliction to whome because they wolde giue no snodo we nor 〈◊〉 they are now left comfor tles d The Assyrians shal 〈◊〉 the Israelites but for a while f 〈◊〉 vaine con 〈◊〉 proude bragges 〈◊〉 deceiue them is let 48 〈◊〉 e Meaning Christ g For all your mourning yet the citie shal be de st oyed euen vnto the fundatiōs h That i the Assy 〈◊〉 and other enemies i Meaning that the 〈◊〉 of Moáb was now destroyed and all the precous things thereof were caried into the 〈◊〉 yea into other countreys and ouer the sea k He sheweth that their plague was so great that it wolde haue moued anie man to lament with 〈◊〉 as Psal 14 5. m For verie sorow cōpalsion I The enemies are comevpon thee and snowre for ioye when t ey carie thy commo 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thee as 〈◊〉 48 33. n They shal vse all meanesto seke helpe of their ido les all in vaine for Chemoz their great God snal not be 〈◊〉 to helpe them o He appointed a 〈◊〉 time to punish the enemies in p Wo wil cōserue iustely the 〈◊〉 for the which he is hyred serue no longer but wil euer long for it a Read Chap. 13 1 b The chief citie of Syria c It was a countrey of 〈◊〉 by the riuer Arnon d It semeth that the Prophet 〈◊〉 cōfort 〈◊〉 Church in 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of these two Kings of Syria Israél when as they had conspired the ouerthrowe of Iudáh e The ten tribes glorified in their multitude and al liāce with other nacrōs therefore he saith that they shal be broght downe and the Syrians also f Meaning of the ten tribes which boasted them selnes of their nobi litie prosperitie strength and mul 〈◊〉 g As the abūdan ce of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not feare the har uest men that shulde cut it downe no more shal the multitude of Israél make the enemies to shrinke Whome God shal appoint to destroye them h VVhich valley was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 i Because GOD wolde haue his couenāt stable he promiseth to reseruesome of this people and to bring them to re pentance k He sheweth that Gods corrections euer bring forthe some frute and cause his to turne from their sinnes and to hū ble them selues to him l As the Canaani tes left their cities 〈◊〉 God did pla
d 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ha 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is he shal be 〈◊〉 with 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 2 Thess 〈◊〉 10. e That is conumce 〈◊〉 by their owne 〈◊〉 “ Or by my 〈◊〉 f The Prophet de 〈◊〉 that God for mans 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 eth vp 〈◊〉 se Prophetes 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that de 〈◊〉 lies rather 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of God 〈◊〉 he punis ed 〈◊〉 sinne 1. 〈◊〉 22 20. and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 aswel 〈◊〉 Prophetes as 〈◊〉 peo ple. g Thus Gods 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 against the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 mon 〈◊〉 to the 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 vnto the Lord not to 〈◊〉 thē selues with like 〈◊〉 h Read chap. 4 16 5 7 Isa 〈◊〉 1. i Thogh 〈◊〉 Iob were now 〈◊〉 ue whiche in their 〈◊〉 were moste 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for at this 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 was in ca 〈◊〉 with 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and so these 〈◊〉 together 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 this 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 yet 〈◊〉 I 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 them 〈◊〉 Iere. 〈◊〉 k Meaning that a very 〈◊〉 whi 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 ver 〈◊〉 shuld 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 me God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 made 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 so that this righteousnes is a signe that they are the Church of God 〈◊〉 he wolde prescrue so this 〈◊〉 Chap. 5 17. l Read Chap. 5 3. a Which bringeth for the no frute no more then the other 〈◊〉 of the forest do meaning that if 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which bare the name of his Church did not bring forthe fruce it 〈◊〉 be veter ly 〈◊〉 b Thogh they escape one danger yet another shal take them a Thou boastest to be of the sede of Abrahám but thou artdegenerate followest the 〈◊〉 of the wicked Ca 〈◊〉 as children 〈◊〉 the maners of their fathers Isa. 1 4. and 57 3. b when I first broght thee out of Egypt and planted thee in this land to be my Church c Being thus in thy 〈◊〉 and for sakē of all mē I toke thee and gaue thee life whereby is mēt that before God was his Churche giue life there is nothing but sil thines and death d These wordes as blood 〈◊〉 nakednes 〈◊〉 nes are oft times repeted to be are down their pride and to cause thē to consider what they were before God receiued thē to mercie fauoured them couered their shame e That thou shuldest be a 〈◊〉 wife vnto me that 〈◊〉 mam 〈◊〉 and en due thee with all graces f I washed away thy sinnes g I sanctified thee with mine holy Spirit h Herebyhe 〈◊〉 eth how he saued his Church enriched it gaue it power and dorni 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 reigne i He 〈◊〉 wherein the dignitie of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in that the Lord ga ue them of his beautie and excel lencie k In abusing in 〈◊〉 and in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thy 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 we 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 latrie l There was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 so 〈◊〉 where with thou didest not pollute thy 〈◊〉 m This 〈◊〉 how the 〈◊〉 put their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in tho 〈◊〉 whiche please the 〈◊〉 and out warde senses n Thou hast conuerted my vessels and instruments which I gaue thee to seiue me with to the vse of thine idoles o Meaning by 〈◊〉 read Leu. 18 21 2 King 〈◊〉 10 “ Or head p He noteth the great impietie of this people who first falling 〈◊〉 God to seke help at strange 〈◊〉 did also at length imbrace their ido 〈◊〉 thinking thereby to make their 〈◊〉 more strong “ Or 〈◊〉 “ Or that wilbea re 〈◊〉 q Meaning that some 〈◊〉 con 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 rewar des but no louers gaue a rewarde to Israél but they gaue to all others signifying that the 〈◊〉 beslowe all their substance which they receiue of God 〈◊〉 his glorie to serue their vile abominatiōs “ Or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 r Egyptians 〈◊〉 and Caldeans whome 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to be thy louers shal come and destroy thee Chap. 23. 9. s I wil iudge thee to death as the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 King 25. 9. t I wil 〈◊〉 destroy 〈◊〉 and so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shal cease u I haue punished thy 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 woldest not 〈◊〉 x As were the 〈◊〉 and the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and others your predecessors so are you their successors y That is of 〈◊〉 Sodom z That is her 〈◊〉 †Hbr 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thē thou a But done 〈◊〉 worse b He 〈◊〉 these 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 pride excesse idle nes and 〈◊〉 of the poore as foure principal causes of suche 〈◊〉 where 〈◊〉 they were so 〈◊〉 punished 〈◊〉 9 24 c Which worship ped the calues 〈◊〉 Bethel and Dan. d Thou art so wicked that in respect of thee Sodom and 〈◊〉 were 〈◊〉 e This he speaketh in comparison 〈◊〉 that he wolde restore Ierusalém when 〈◊〉 shulde be restored that is neuer and this is ment of the greatest parte of the 〈◊〉 f In that thou hast 〈◊〉 thy self worse thē they and yet thogh rest to esca pe 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 g Meaning that it shulde neuer come to passe †Ebr. was not a rumour in thy mouth h Thou woldest not call her punishement to myn de when thou wast alost to lear ne by her example to feare my iudgements i That is til 〈◊〉 wast broght vnder by the 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 2. Chro. 28. 19. k Which ioyned with the Syrians or 〈◊〉 about 〈◊〉 l When thou 〈◊〉 kest the 〈◊〉 which was made betwene thee me as vers 8. m That 〈◊〉 of mercie and loue I wil pitie thee and so 〈◊〉 to my couenant thogh thou 〈◊〉 deserued the con trary n Whereby he 〈◊〉 that among the moste wicked he had euer some sede of his Church which he wolde cause to 〈◊〉 in due tyme and her he declareth how he wil call the Gentiles o But of my fre 〈◊〉 p This declareth what 〈◊〉 Gods mercies worke in his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 sorow and repentance for theis former life a That is 〈◊〉 who hathe great power riches and many countreys vnde him shal come to Ierusalém take away Ieconiáh the King as ver 12. b Meaning to Babylon c That is zedekiáh who was of the Kings blood and was left at Ierusalém and made King in stead of 〈◊〉 2. King 24. 17. Ier. 37. 1. d This was zede Kiahs kingdome e That 〈◊〉 might not haue power to rebell against BAbylon as ver 14. f Meaning the King of Egypt of whome zedekiáh soght succour against Nebuchad nezzár g Thei thogh to be moistned by the waters of Nilus h Shal not Nebu 〈◊〉 destroye it i By this drye wynde he meaneth the Babylonians k That is 〈◊〉 2. King 24. 15. l For his subiection and obedience m Because he toke the Name of God in vaine and brake his othe which he had confirmed by giuing his hād therefore the Prophet declareth that God 〈◊〉 not suffer suche 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 to escape punishment Chap. 12. 13 32. 3. n This promes is made to the Church which shal be as a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and as the top of a tre o I wil trymme it and dresse
〈◊〉 perish m That is incou rage the sworde n Prouide for thy self for thou shalt se Gods pla gue of all partes on this countrey o This was spoken because that when Nebuchad 〈◊〉 came against 〈◊〉 his purpose was also to go against that Ammonites but douting in the way which enterprise to vnder take first he 〈◊〉 with his 〈◊〉 and so went against Iu dáh p That is to the tribe of 〈◊〉 that kept thē selues in 〈◊〉 q To knowewhe ther he shulde go against the Ammonites or them of Ierusalem r He vsed 〈◊〉 and sorcerie s Because 〈◊〉 was a league bet wene the Iewes and 〈◊〉 Babylonians they of Ierusalem shal thin ke nothing lesse then that this thing shulde come to passe t That is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 remember the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 and so come vpon them u Meaning zede kiáh who practised with the Egy 〈◊〉 to make him self hie and able to 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 x Some 〈◊〉 this to the 〈◊〉 at ire for 〈◊〉 dék the Priest went into 〈◊〉 with the King y That is vnto the comming of 〈◊〉 for thogh the Iewes had some signe of 〈◊〉 afterward vnder the Parsians 〈◊〉 kes Romains yet this 〈◊〉 was not 〈◊〉 Christs coming at length shulde be accomphshed as was promised Gene. 49. 10. z Thogh the Iewes and Ammonites wolde not beleue that 〈◊〉 to wit the 〈◊〉 thuldest come vpon them and said that the Pro phets which thre atned spake lies yet thou shalt as surely come as th gh thouwerest al readvvpō their neckes a 〈◊〉 thou ready to execute thy charge which I cōmit vnto thee against Ierusalem that 〈◊〉 eth the Prophets and them that are 〈◊〉 b That is the time c 〈◊〉 destruction To her 〈◊〉 d VVhose very name all men hate e He meaneth here by that there was no kinde of wickednes whiche was not committed in Ierusalém and therefore the plagues of GOD shulde spedely come vpon 〈◊〉 Leui 20 11 〈◊〉 5 〈◊〉 f In token of my wrath and vengeance g That is able to defend thy self h I will thus take away the occasion of thy wickednes i Thou shal be no more the in 〈◊〉 of the Lord but forsaken k VVhiche before was moste precious l Meaning 〈◊〉 that the 〈◊〉 shulde be tryed the wicked 〈◊〉 ed. m Thou art like a baren land which the Lord 〈◊〉 neth with droug he n The false Prophe tes haue 〈◊〉 together to make their doctrine more probable o They haue neglected my 〈◊〉 Mich. 3. 11. Zephan 3. 3. p They whiche shulde 〈◊〉 repro ued thē flattered them in their 〈◊〉 and couered their doings with 〈◊〉 Chap. 15. 10. q VVhiche 〈◊〉 she we him 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in my cause by resisting vice 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 16 〈◊〉 5. also pray vnto me to withholde my 〈◊〉 Psal. 106. 23. a Meaning Israél and 〈◊〉 which came bothe out of one 〈◊〉 b 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 laters 〈◊〉 the ma ner of the Egyptians c Aholah 〈◊〉 a 〈◊〉 or dwelling in her selfe meaning 〈◊〉 which was the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of Israél and Aholibah signifieth my mansion in her wherby is ment 〈◊〉 where God Temple was †〈◊〉 vnder me d VVhē the Israelites were named the people of God 〈◊〉 became idolaters and forsoke God and put their trustin the Assyrions e The holy Gost vseth these 〈◊〉 which seme strāge to chaste eares to cause this wicked vice of idolattie so to be abhorted that vnneth any shulde abide to heare the Name ther of 〈◊〉 f Meaning the 〈◊〉 g This declareth that no wordes are able 〈◊〉 to expresse the rage of idolaters therefore the holy Gost here compareth them to those which in their raging loue filthy lustes dote vppon the images pain tings of thē after whome they 〈◊〉 h These were the names of certeine princes captaines vnder Nebuchadnezzar †I wil giueiudgement before them “ Or Iawes i Thei shal destroy thy princes and Priests with the rest of thy people k All thy 〈◊〉 riches whiche thou hast gottē by labour l All the worlde shalse thy shame ful forsaking of God to serue idoles m I will execute the same 〈◊〉 and vengeāce against thee that with 〈◊〉 seueritie n Meaning that the afflictiōs shuld be so great that they shulde 〈◊〉 them to lose their senses and reason o That is to besacrifices to theyr idoles read Chap. 〈◊〉 20. p They sent into other countreis to haue such as shuld 〈◊〉 the seruice of their idoles q He meaneth the altar that was pre pared for the idoles r VVhiche shulde teache the maner of worshiping their gods s That is worthye death 〈◊〉 Chap. 16. 38. t Meaning all other cities coun treis Chap. XXIIII a Of 〈◊〉 captiuitie of the reigne of zedekiah 2 King 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 b Called Tebeth which conteineth part of December and parte of Ianuarie in the whiche moneth day Nebuchadnezzar besieg 〈◊〉 c VVhereby was ment Ierusalém d That is the 〈◊〉 zens and the chief mē thereof “ Or 〈◊〉 e Meaning of the 〈◊〉 wheme they had slaine who 〈◊〉 the cause of the kindeling of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 against them f VVhose inicuities and 〈◊〉 citizens 〈◊〉 yee remaine g Signisying that thei 〈◊〉 not be 〈◊〉 all at once but by 〈◊〉 and litle h Spare none esta te or 〈◊〉 i The 〈◊〉 showed her 〈◊〉 to all the 〈◊〉 and was not asha med thereof nether yet hid 〈◊〉 Nah. 3. 1. 〈◊〉 2. 12. “ Or an heape of wood k Meaning that the 〈◊〉 shulde be vtterly 〈◊〉 cyed and hathe wolde 〈◊〉 the enemies an appetite thereunto “ Or 〈◊〉 l The 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 her self in va ne m I 〈◊〉 by sending my Prophetes to call thee to repentance but thou woldest not n That is the Baby lonians o Meaning his wife in whome hedelited as ver 〈◊〉 p For in mourning they went 〈◊〉 headed and barefored and also couered their lippes q That is which the 〈◊〉 sent to them that mourned r Meaning the 〈◊〉 following s By sending the 〈◊〉 to destroy it as Chap. 7. 22. t 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 boast and 〈◊〉 †Ebr. lifting vp of their soules a Because ye reioy ced when the enemie destroyed my citie and Temple b That is to the Babylonians c Thei shall chase thee away take thy gorgeous houses to dwell in d Called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 whiche Was the chief Citie of the 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 2. Sam. 12. 27 e So 〈◊〉 no power of 〈◊〉 shulde be able to resist the Babylonians f Which Were cer tein 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 Where by thei oft times 〈◊〉 the Iewes of the Che rubims Dauid also had a garde 2. Sam. 8. 8. a Ether of the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 or of the rei gne of zedekiah b That is the famous 〈◊〉 Ierusalem whereunto all people 〈◊〉 c My 〈◊〉 and fame shal increase thus the Wicked reioyce at their fall by Whome thei maie haue my profite or aduentage d The townes that belōged vnto her e For
of the por chezo cubites 5. 6. And the breadth eleuen 7. 8. The steppes whereby the Prophet 〈◊〉 into the porche of the Temple 9 7 The two pillers 10. Vers. 1. The vpper posies or pen tises meaning the toppes of the chambers on the sides of the Temple A B The second chambre G goeth out more thē the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 R. the thirde A morethen the secōd Vers. 2 The breadth of the en trie or gate ten cubites C D Fiue cubites from the Temple wall to the gate on ether side E C D F. the lēgth of fourtie cubites frō 〈◊〉 Tē ple 〈◊〉 to the moste 〈◊〉 place 8. 1. The breadth of the Tēple 20 cu bites E F. or G p He speaketh not here of the height there fo 〈◊〉 it is made of 30 cubites 〈◊〉 to Salomons Vers 3. The Angel 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 hely place The posie of the entrie that is the thresholde or thie kenes of the wall H I. The gate 6 〈◊〉 bites K L The breadth on ether side the gate 7. cu bites M K L N which make in all 20 cubites Vers. 4. The length 20 cubites G O so it was square Vers. 5. The first chambre was 4 〈◊〉 Q R. The second fiue S T and the third six A B. The re were thre heights or stages of chambers R S A. The 〈◊〉 stayre can not e she wed in the sigure but maye 〈◊〉 be 〈◊〉 Vers. 8. The fundacions of six cubites meaning the 〈◊〉 chamber was so and the nether from then cesemed so likewise by a perpendicular line or plumer Bz. Vers. 9. The cham bre without was the 〈◊〉 chambre and from the chā 〈◊〉 the wal was but siue cubites thicke B X Y for downewarde it was six Q 6. Ver. 10. The cham hers on the one side were distant from them on the other side 20 〈◊〉 which was the breadth of the Temple 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 dores of 〈◊〉 chambers on the North side 〈◊〉 toward the North V. and 〈◊〉 on the South side to warde the 〈◊〉 R for 〈◊〉 was an alley of fiue cu bites rounde about the Temple V z and was so closed with a wal it Vers. 12. The buylding or the great place compassed with a wall 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 bites thicke and was 〈◊〉 of the Temple then the alley or separate place * and this is more 〈◊〉 set forthe in the great 〈◊〉 Vers. 16. He 〈◊〉 reth that whatsoeuer was of stone worke frō the toppe was co uered with wood on the 〈◊〉 South and North side Vers. 12 The altar V which was thre cubires high Y X and two cubites long 〈◊〉 z. Vers. 1. Hauing described the length and breadth of the Tem ple he cometh to the cutwarde court on the North side T. This appeareth in the great sigure He broght me in to the chambre that is the 〈◊〉 we of 〈◊〉 which were towarde the separateplace 〈◊〉 de Vers. 2. He meaneth that the North was an hundreth cubites long x y and in 〈◊〉 fiftie b X. Vers. 4. This 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 appeareth in the great figure by this nōbre 〈◊〉 Vers. 5. These chambres were contrary 〈◊〉 to thē of the Tem pls Vers. 8 So 〈◊〉 the wall for the chambres of the cutwarde court and the wall of the inner 〈◊〉 ether 〈◊〉 cubites and the whole court anhūdreth Vers. 9. Vnder these chambers were 〈◊〉 or dores to passe from one place to another which are noted euer by z in the great 〈◊〉 Vers. 〈◊〉 11. The chambres p of the East court M. were like to the chambers of the North court Vers. 13. which chambers were iu the hast 〈◊〉 toward the North South 3. towarde the separa teplace or backe buylding 4 which chambers are called holie because 〈◊〉 were by the Temple “ Or 〈◊〉 Chap. 9. 3. a When I prophe cied the destruction of the citie by the Caldeans b which was departed afore Chap. 10. 4. 〈◊〉 22 c By their 〈◊〉 d He alludeth to Amon and Manasseh who were 〈◊〉 in their gardens nere the Temple and there had erected vp monumentes to their idoles “ Ebr. Law Vers 13. The middes or bottome A. Which was a cubite hie B C a cubite broad B D. vers 14. The lower piece which standeth on the bottome is the middlemost piece and vnder the brest is two 〈◊〉 tes D E. The breadth one cubi te E F. From the litle piece which was the seconde to the hiest foure 〈◊〉 F G. Vers. 15. Foure cubites meaning the hier parte of the altar F G. 〈◊〉 16 Length and breadth G H I K which note also the foure 〈◊〉 nes of the altar Ver. 17. The frame whereupon the hi st piece sto de is fourtene cubites for on euery side it is longer by a cubite then the vppermoste E L L M. “ Ebr. fil his hand 〈◊〉 The East gate D in the great figure a Meaning from the cōmune people but not from the 〈◊〉 nor the 〈◊〉 read Chap. 46 9. †Ebr. set thine 〈◊〉 b For they had broght ydolaters which 〈◊〉 of other coūtreis to teache them their idolatrie Chap. 23 40. c Ye haue not offred vnto me ac cording to my Law d The Leuites which had 〈◊〉 mitted 〈◊〉 were put from their 〈◊〉 and colde not be receyued into the 〈◊〉 office althogh the had bene of the house of A aron but must serue in the inferior offices as to watched to kepe the dores read 2. King 23. 9. e Which obserued the Lawe of God and fel not to idolatrie f As did the 〈◊〉 deles heathen Leuit. 21. 13. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 22. g Thei may be at their buryal Whi che Was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 nomb 18 20. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 2. 22 29 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 nomb 3 13. Exod 22 〈◊〉 Leui 22 8. a Of all the land of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Lord onely 〈◊〉 this porcion for the Temple for the Priest 〈◊〉 the citie and for the prince b The Prophet sheweth 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 must be first 〈◊〉 a fore any good ordre can be 〈◊〉 among the people c 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Were bothe of one 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 n drye things that which Bath did in licour 〈◊〉 eui 〈◊〉 11. King 5. 〈◊〉 d That is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a weight 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 partes to a Mina Exod. 36. 13. Leui. 27. 15. Nomb. 〈◊〉 e Which was Nisán 〈◊〉 parte of Marche parte of April “ Our court Exod. 12. 18. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 50 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 29. 〈◊〉 Vers. 1. The inner court 〈◊〉 Q whereunto 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the great 〈◊〉 a That is as muche as he wil. b Meaning as he shal thinke good Vers. 9. He that entreth in by the Northgate R. 〈◊〉 go out by the Southgate d and contrary and in going forward they 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 M. Chap. 〈◊〉 8. 〈◊〉 9 He 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 chan bers 〈◊〉 we 〈◊〉 at 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the Temple 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 and so 〈◊〉 to the
protection saue gard vnto them as a most sufficiēt 〈◊〉 and profite h Signifiing that the true wisdom and knowledge cōsisteth in this euen to reste vpon God a Signifying the Princes the Priests and the 〈◊〉 b He calleth the Iewes to the con sideratiō of Gods 〈◊〉 who had now 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of the ground for the space 〈◊〉 ye re which was for their sinnes to call them to repentance c Meaning that the occasion of 〈◊〉 excesse and d. unkennes was taken 〈◊〉 d 〈◊〉 was another plague 〈◊〉 God had 〈◊〉 thē when he 〈◊〉 vp the Assyrians against them e 〈◊〉 grieuously as a woman which hath lost her housbād to whome she hathe ene maried in her 〈◊〉 f The tokens of Gods wrath did appeare in his Temple in so mu 〈◊〉 as Godsserui ce was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 g All comfort substance for nou 〈◊〉 is taken away h He 〈◊〉 the only meanes to 〈◊〉 Gods wrath to haue all things restored is vnsained repentance i VVese by these great plagues that vtter 〈◊〉 at hand k That is drought a He sheweth the great iudgemēts of God which are at hand except they 〈◊〉 b Of 〈◊〉 trouble c Meaning the Assyrians d The enemie de stroieth our 〈◊〉 tiful countrey where soeuer he 〈◊〉 e This shal be 〈◊〉 and blacke for feare as 〈◊〉 2 10. f For none shal be able to resist thē g Read 〈◊〉 13. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 32 7. chap. 〈◊〉 1 3. 15. 〈◊〉 24 29. h The Lord shal stirre vp 〈◊〉 Assy rians to execute his 〈◊〉 Ierem. 〈◊〉 7. 〈◊〉 5 18. seph 1 〈◊〉 i Mortifie your affection and ser ue God with purenes of heart and not with ce remonies k He speaketh this to stirre vp their slothfulnes and not that he 〈◊〉 of Gods mercies if they did repent How God repenteth read Iere 18 8. l That as all haue sinned so almay shewe for the signes of their 〈◊〉 that mē seyng the children whiche are not fre frō Gods wrath might be the more 〈◊〉 touched with the consideration of their owne sinnes Psal. 79 10. m If they repent he sheweth that God wil preserue and defende them with a moste ardent affe ction n That is the Assyrians your ene mies o 〈◊〉 the salt sea or Persiā sea meanyng that thogh his armie were so great that it filled all from this sea to the 〈◊〉 called me diterraneum yet he wolde 〈◊〉 them p That is suche as shulde come by iuste measure and as was wont to be sent when God was reconciled with them Leu. 26. 4. Deut. 〈◊〉 14. q That is in grea ter 〈◊〉 ād more generally then in 〈◊〉 past ād his was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 vnder 〈◊〉 when as Gods graces and his Spirit vnder the Gospe was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ly giuen to the Church Isa. 44. 3. Act. 2. 17. r As they had visions and dreames in old time so 〈◊〉 thei now haue clearer reue lations s He warneth the faithful what 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thing shuld came to the 〈◊〉 that they shulde not looke 〈◊〉 continuall 〈◊〉 in this worlde and yet in all 〈◊〉 troubles he wolde preserue them Iohn 7. 38. t The order of nature shal seme to be changed for the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 be in the worlde Isa. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Ezek. 32. 7. Chap 3. 1. Mat 24. 29. u Gods iudgements are for the destruction of the insideles and to moue the 〈◊〉 to call vpon the Name of God who wil giue them saluation x Meaning hereby the Gentiles Rom. 10. 13. a VVhen I shall deliuer my Chur che whiche standeth of the Iewes and of the Gen 〈◊〉 b It appeareth that he alludeth to that great victorie of Iehos ha phat whē as God without 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 helpe destroyed the enemies 2. King 〈◊〉 26. also he hathe respect to this word lehos haphat whiche signifieth pleading 〈◊〉 iudgement because God wold iudge the enemies of his Churche as he did there c 〈◊〉 whiche the enemie gate for the sale of my people the 〈◊〉 ed it vpon 〈◊〉 tes and drinke d He taketh the cause of his Chur che in 〈◊〉 against the enemie as thogh the 〈◊〉 were done to him selfe e 〈◊〉 I done you wrong that ye will rendre me the like f For afterward God solde them by 〈◊〉 zar and Alexan der the great sor the loue he bare to his people and thereby they were comforted as thogh the price had bene theirs g VVhen I shall 〈◊〉 my iudgements against mine enemies I wil cause euerie one to be ready and to prepare their weapons to destroy one another for my Church sake h Thus he shall incourage the enemies when their wickednes is ful ripe to destroye one another whiche he calleth the valley of Gods iudgement i God assureth his againste all troubles that when he destroy eth his enemies his children shal be deliuered k The strangers shal no more de stroy his Church Which if they do 〈◊〉 it is the people whiche by their sinnes 〈◊〉 the breache for the enemie l He promiseth to his Churche abundance of 〈◊〉 read Ezek. 47. 1. 〈◊〉 shulde watter and comfort the moste baren 〈◊〉 Amos. 9. 〈◊〉 m The malicious enemies shal haue no parte of this grace n He had suffered his Church hither to to lye in their filthinesbut now be promiseth to clense them and to make them pu 〈◊〉 him a VVhiche was a towne six miles from Ierusalā in Iudea but he pro phecied in Israel b In his daies the kingdome of Israel did most florish c VVhich as Iosephus writeth was when Vzziah wold haue vsurped the Priesls 〈◊〉 therfore was smittē with the leprosie d VVhat soeuer is fru efull and pleasant in Israel shall shortely pe rishe e He sheweth firste that all the people rounde about shuld be de stroyed for their manifolde sinnes which are ment by thre ād 〈◊〉 which make seuen because the 〈◊〉 shulde the more depely cōsider Gods iud gements toward them f If the Syriars shall not be spared for committing this 〈◊〉 against one citie it is nōt possible 〈◊〉 Israel shuld 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which hath com 〈◊〉 so many and gricuous sin nes against Gods and man g The antiquitie of their buildings shall not auoyde my iudgements read Iere. 49. 27. h 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 led the Sycians ca 〈◊〉 and broght them to Cyrene which he callech here Kir i They ioined thē selues with the Edomires their enemies whiche caryed them away 〈◊〉 k For 〈◊〉 of whom came the Edomites Iaakob were brethren therefore they ough to haue admonished thē of their 〈◊〉 friendeship not to ha ue prouoke them to hatred †Ebr. corrupt his compassion l He was a 〈◊〉 enemie vn to him m 〈◊〉 the great cruel ie of the Ammonites that 〈◊〉 no 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 but most 〈◊〉 tormented thē and yet the Ammonites came of Lot who was of the housholde of Abraham a For the Moabites were so cruel against the King of Edō that they burnt his bones